Escort Knowledge Base - User contributions [en]

TD-150-BLE

2026-04-10T08:51:11Z

ROMAN: /* Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a mobile application on Android */

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[RU:TD-150-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-150-BLE| Versión en español]]
[[File:TD-150 BLE.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design TD-150-BLE</big>''']]
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the '''Escort''' brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The '''TD-150-BLE''' meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

The TD-150-BLE is a wired FLS with bluetooth transmission and configuration capability. The sensor data is transmitted in the form of Bluetooth packets in '''Advertising''' '''mode'''; the frequency of data sending is every second. The frequency of fuel level sensor measurement is also every second.

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/escort-td-150-ble/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150_BLE.pdf?v=271022141800 technical data sheet of the device.]

= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150 BLE, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''. and over the '''Bluetooth interface''', the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TD_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[BA-BLE|BA-BLE Adapter]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-150 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 (Passive and Active)'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200M2.pdf?v=150323104901 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-9V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''GPS tracker''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank
* [[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|656x656px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']]
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.
* [[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|686x686px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]

==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|691x691px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]
Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.

'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

== '''<big>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''.</blockquote>
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|859x859px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|841x841px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|850x850px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]
To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|747x747px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|649x649px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a mobile application on Android</big>''' =

=== Geolocation ===
Start the configurator. Enable bluetooth, geolocation and also make sure that the application has access to Geolocation.

[[File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|frameless]] [[File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|frameless]]

== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the Escort Configurator app for [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 IOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android].

[[File:Connection TD 150 BLE.gif|frameless]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TD-150-BLE (TW)'''.

[[File:Sensor settings. Main page.png|frameless|842x842px]] [[File:TW-BLE connection page.png|frameless|842x842px]]

Find the '''required sensor (1)''' by typing the '''last 6 digits of its serial number'''. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the '''Connect (2) button'''. On an '''Android device''', you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in '''advertising mode (3)''' will be displayed.

[[File:Connection and advertising TD-150 BLE.png|frameless]]

Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.

[[File:TD 150 BLE main page.png|frameless]]

# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor
# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version '''(FW)''' installed in the sensor
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type
# The '''sensor's MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices
# Current level

== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''.

[[File:TD-150 BLE additional features.png|frameless|711x711px]]

Then on the tab that appears, in the password operation box, enter the '''password(1)''' to be used later and press '''Install(2)'''.

[[File:TD-150 BLE setting password .png|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
[[File:Calibration TD 150 BLE.gif|frameless]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:TD-150 BLE settings page.png|frameless]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:TD-150 BLE Full calibration.png|frameless]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|566x566px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click "'''Empty'''" ('''3''')
* The value "'''Empty'''" ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (2), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:TD-150 BLE Empty setting.png|frameless|805x805px]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|731x731px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration method is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch '''(1)''' active (green) and press '''"Calibrate" (2)''' . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:TD-150 BLE calibration without fuel.png|frameless|710x710px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

There are two measuring ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

Sensor does not sends level 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is level sent.

'''The sensor itself does not know what fuel will be used, so when calibrating without fuel the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''If possible, we recommend calibration with fuel. If tank calibration is not planned or is impossible, then calibration with fuel is a mandatory procedure.'''

== '''<big>How to change the voltage range in the analog output</big>''' ==
If you need to connect the sensor to a tracker using analog output and adjust the voltage range (minimum and maximum values) for compatibility, you can do so in the "'''Settings'''" menu. There, you can enter the minimum and maximum voltage values ('''1''') within the range of 0.2 V to 20 V, and then press the "'''Install'''" button ('''2''') to apply the changes.

For example, if your microcontroller's analog input can only accept a voltage range of 3 V to 7 V, you can adjust the minimum and maximum thresholds of the TD-150-BLE’s analog output accordingly to ensure compatibility between the devices.

[[File:TD-150 BLE analog calibraiton.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TD-150 BLE analog calibraiton selector.jpg|frameless]]

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Go to settings page

[[File:TD-150 BLE settings page.png|frameless]]

Select the mode you need ('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:TD-150 BLE mode setting.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.

- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote>

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:TD-150 BLE range setting.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:TD-150 BLE network address mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==

Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|<big>'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''</big>
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tare menu in the application.

Suppose you need to tare a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:TD-150 BLE tank calibration mobile.png|frameless]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click Resume to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click Resume, you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the '''Main Menu button (1)''' or using the drop-down menu '''(2)'''. Select the table and click on it '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''
File:Folder search.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved '''(2)''' and click the button to select it '''(3)'''
[[File:Start tank calibration folder.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method '''(1, 2)'''. The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not

Next, give the table file a name '''(3)''' and set the serving size '''(4)'''.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, press Continue '''(5)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first line will have 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes '''(3)''' and is displayed as Stable '''(4)''', press the + button '''(1)'''.

In this example, level '''(3)''' does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be '''Stable''' before you press the '''+''' button.

The following line '''(2)''' will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size '''(5)''' you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it '''(3)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|403x403px|'''<big>Editing a tank calibration line</big>''']]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless|732x732px]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the + button '''(1)'''. Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>

== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|465x465px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains unchanged.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration”''' ('''1''') and click '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''')

[[File:TD-150 BLE filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary objects or tanks</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles traveling on smooth paved roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy quarry machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|756x756px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu
[[File:TD-150 BLE additional features.png|frameless|870x870px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
[[File:TD-150 BLE password set and install.jpg|frameless|876x876px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>

* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu
[[File:TD-150 BLE additional features.png|frameless|875x875px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''
[[File:TD-150 BLE password set menu.jpg|frameless|872x872px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via the configurator on a PC</big>''' =

== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''<big>the configurator on a PC</big>'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|701x701px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|693x693px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]
'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://remontka.pro/disable-drivers-signature-check-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%94%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%B2%D0%B5%D1%80%20%D0%B4%D0%BB%D1%8F%20C-200M2.zip?v=150323104902 drivers for the С200M2].

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|720x720px]]

After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').

[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|722x722px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:

[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|708x708px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor level
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)
# Current filtration type and degree
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|663x663px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''

[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|660x660px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''2''')
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|516x516px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centralizer at the end of the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''1''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor
* Click '''"OK"'''

[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|568x568px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

[[File:Calibration values calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==

We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.

[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|678x678px]]

[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|624x624px]]

[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|623x623px]]

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wire mode settings.png|frameless|575x575px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.

- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote>

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').

[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|584x584px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|635x635px|'''<big>Before changing network address</big>''']]
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|636x636px|'''<big>After changing network address</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tare menu in the application.

Suppose you need to tare a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:

* Connect sensor
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No” (1)'''. Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.
* Create an Excel table. Save it in .csv format. The first row of the table should look like this:
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. '''The Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select '''the Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote>

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]][[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|413x413px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|429x429px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|512x512px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|500x500px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|470x470px]] [[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless]]

If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.

The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]
The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table below for our recommendations.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Tank volume</big>'''
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''
|'''<big>5</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''
|'''<big>10</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''
|'''<big>20</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Over1000</big>'''
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''
|}
<blockquote><big>The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.</big></blockquote>You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|485x485px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''

[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|680x680px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|777x777px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|601x601px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|607x607px]]
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|602x602px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|592x592px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|590x590px]]
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|587x587px]]

Attention! By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS tracker</big>''' =

== General instructions ==
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|938x938px]]

Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.

To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).

'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''

Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.

=== '''<big>BLE connection</big>''' ===
The TD-150-BLE sensor also has the option to connect to a tracker or [[BA-BLE]] base via bluetooth with a data transmission rate of every second.

'''<big>[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]</big>'''

== Connection diagrams ==
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS tracker and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram</big>''']]
[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Wiring diagram for Frequency output</big>''']]
[[File:Wired Analog mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Analog output wiring diagram</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''<big>The TD-150 sensor has analog mode always enabled; it does not need to be enabled in the configurator!</big>'''</blockquote>

== '''<big>Connection using a resistor</big>''' ==
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate</big>''']]
The sensors are supplied with 2 resistors. Each can be used in place of (but not in conjunction with) the supplied fuse.

'''The black resistor''' should be used if the sensor is powered by a '''12V''' power source. '''The red resistor''' should be used at higher voltages up to '''80V''' (up to '''40V''' to comply with the certificate of conformity).

The purpose of the resistor is to break the voltage supply line in case of overload and to prevent sparking in the hazardous area that could occur in this case.

[[File:Wired R with sensors.png|frameless|512x512px]]

To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.<blockquote>'''<big>NOT WITH THE FUSE, BUT INSTEAD OF THE FUSE</big>'''</blockquote>

= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==

You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-150</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|488x488px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|474x474px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current design sensor</big>''' ===
Also included with the sensor of the current design is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.
* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|512x512px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|511x511px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|655x655px]]

== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|477x477px]]

= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =
'''[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1QSV6y3iBXCMrMlRcXiNggKAV9AbVWAwD/view?usp=drive_link There is also a video instructional guide]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#TD150BLE downloads section of our website]'''

= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =

== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the '''Settings''' menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port (1)(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A (2)(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press win+r and enter devmgmt.msc and press OK (3) and then expand the com ports submenu (4)"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|748x748px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|747x747px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the tracker via RS-485</big>''' ==
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the tracker, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the tracker via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the tracker as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|651x651px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''']]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|662x662px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|644x644px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|650x650px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]
If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the tracker, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your tracker's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =
[[File:Pinout TD-150.png|frameless|797x797px]]

= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft trackers have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the gps tracker without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://youtu.be/n_HxgImFvPs Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/npxXyVOtfh0 Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p6JkD-AuSHk UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker tracker.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|610x610px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|594x594px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS tracker

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|650x650px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with 3E01..., and paste it into the input/output field in the Remote control tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|630x630px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|632x632px]]

= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/escort-td-150-ble/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150_BLE.pdf?v=271022141800 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/escort-td-150-ble/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#TD150BLE Download materials]</big>'''
* '''<big>[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]</big>'''

File:TD-150 BLE analog calibraiton selector.jpg

2026-04-10T08:48:57Z

ROMAN:

TD-150 BLE analog calibraiton selector

File:TD-150 BLE analog calibraiton.jpg

2026-04-10T08:48:26Z

ROMAN:

TD-150 BLE analog calibraiton

TD-150-BLE

2025-10-20T14:57:16Z

ROMAN:

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[RU:TD-150-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-150-BLE| Versión en español]]
[[File:TD-150 BLE.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design TD-150-BLE</big>''']]
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the '''Escort''' brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The '''TD-150-BLE''' meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

The TD-150-BLE is a wired FLS with bluetooth transmission and configuration capability. The sensor data is transmitted in the form of Bluetooth packets in '''Advertising''' '''mode'''; the frequency of data sending is every second. The frequency of fuel level sensor measurement is also every second.

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/escort-td-150-ble/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150_BLE.pdf?v=271022141800 technical data sheet of the device.]

= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150 BLE, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''. and over the '''Bluetooth interface''', the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TD_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[BA-BLE|База BA-BLE]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-150 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 (Passive and Active)'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200M2.pdf?v=150323104901 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-9V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''GPS tracker''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank
* [[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|656x656px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']]
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.
* [[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|686x686px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]

==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|691x691px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]
Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.

'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

== '''<big>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''.</blockquote>
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|859x859px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|841x841px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|850x850px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]
To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|747x747px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|649x649px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a mobile application on Android</big>''' =

=== Geolocation ===
Start the configurator. Enable bluetooth, geolocation and also make sure that the application has access to Geolocation.

[[File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|frameless]] [[File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|frameless]]

== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the Escort Configurator app for [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 IOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android].

[[File:Connection TD 150 BLE.gif|frameless]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TD-150-BLE (TW)'''.

[[File:Sensor settings. Main page.png|frameless|842x842px]] [[File:TW-BLE connection page.png|frameless|842x842px]]

Find the '''required sensor (1)''' by typing the '''last 6 digits of its serial number'''. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the '''Connect (2) button'''. On an '''Android device''', you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in '''advertising mode (3)''' will be displayed.

[[File:Connection and advertising TD-150 BLE.png|frameless]]

Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.

[[File:TD 150 BLE main page.png|frameless]]

# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor
# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version '''(FW)''' installed in the sensor
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type
# The '''sensor's MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices
# Current level

== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''.

[[File:TD-150 BLE additional features.png|frameless|711x711px]]

Then on the tab that appears, in the password operation box, enter the '''password(1)''' to be used later and press '''Install(2)'''.

[[File:TD-150 BLE setting password .png|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
[[File:Calibration TD 150 BLE.gif|frameless]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:TD-150 BLE settings page.png|frameless]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:TD-150 BLE Full calibration.png|frameless]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|566x566px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click "'''Empty'''" ('''3''')
* The value "'''Empty'''" ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (2), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:TD-150 BLE Empty setting.png|frameless|805x805px]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|731x731px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration method is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch '''(1)''' active (green) and press '''"Calibrate" (2)''' . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:TD-150 BLE calibration without fuel.png|frameless|710x710px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

There are two measuring ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

Sensor does not sends level 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is level sent.

'''The sensor itself does not know what fuel will be used, so when calibrating without fuel the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''If possible, we recommend calibration with fuel. If tank calibration is not planned or is impossible, then calibration with fuel is a mandatory procedure.'''

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Go to settings page

[[File:TD-150 BLE settings page.png|frameless]]

Select the mode you need ('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:TD-150 BLE mode setting.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.

- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote>

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:TD-150 BLE range setting.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:TD-150 BLE network address mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==

Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|<big>'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''</big>
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tare menu in the application.

Suppose you need to tare a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:TD-150 BLE tank calibration mobile.png|frameless]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click Resume to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click Resume, you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the '''Main Menu button (1)''' or using the drop-down menu '''(2)'''. Select the table and click on it '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''
File:Folder search.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved '''(2)''' and click the button to select it '''(3)'''
[[File:Start tank calibration folder.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method '''(1, 2)'''. The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not

Next, give the table file a name '''(3)''' and set the serving size '''(4)'''.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, press Continue '''(5)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first line will have 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes '''(3)''' and is displayed as Stable '''(4)''', press the + button '''(1)'''.

In this example, level '''(3)''' does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be '''Stable''' before you press the '''+''' button.

The following line '''(2)''' will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size '''(5)''' you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it '''(3)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|403x403px|'''<big>Editing a tank calibration line</big>''']]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless|732x732px]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the + button '''(1)'''. Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>

== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|465x465px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains unchanged.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration”''' ('''1''') and click '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''')

[[File:TD-150 BLE filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary objects or tanks</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles traveling on smooth paved roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy quarry machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|756x756px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu
[[File:TD-150 BLE additional features.png|frameless|870x870px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
[[File:TD-150 BLE password set and install.jpg|frameless|876x876px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>

* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu
[[File:TD-150 BLE additional features.png|frameless|875x875px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''
[[File:TD-150 BLE password set menu.jpg|frameless|872x872px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via the configurator on a PC</big>''' =

== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''<big>the configurator on a PC</big>'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|701x701px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|693x693px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]
'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://remontka.pro/disable-drivers-signature-check-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%94%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%B2%D0%B5%D1%80%20%D0%B4%D0%BB%D1%8F%20C-200M2.zip?v=150323104902 drivers for the С200M2].

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|720x720px]]

After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').

[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|722x722px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:

[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|708x708px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor level
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)
# Current filtration type and degree
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|663x663px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''

[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|660x660px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''2''')
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|516x516px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centralizer at the end of the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''1''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor
* Click '''"OK"'''

[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|568x568px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

[[File:Calibration values calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==

We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.

[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|678x678px]]

[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|624x624px]]

[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|623x623px]]

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wire mode settings.png|frameless|575x575px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.

- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote>

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').

[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|584x584px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|635x635px|'''<big>Before changing network address</big>''']]
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|636x636px|'''<big>After changing network address</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tare menu in the application.

Suppose you need to tare a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:

* Connect sensor
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No” (1)'''. Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.
* Create an Excel table. Save it in .csv format. The first row of the table should look like this:
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. '''The Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select '''the Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote>

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]][[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|413x413px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|429x429px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|512x512px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|500x500px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|470x470px]] [[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless]]

If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.

The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]
The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table below for our recommendations.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Tank volume</big>'''
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''
|'''<big>5</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''
|'''<big>10</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''
|'''<big>20</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Over1000</big>'''
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''
|}
<blockquote><big>The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.</big></blockquote>You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|485x485px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''

[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|680x680px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|777x777px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|601x601px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|607x607px]]
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|602x602px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|592x592px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|590x590px]]
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|587x587px]]

Attention! By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS tracker</big>''' =

== General instructions ==
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|938x938px]]

Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.

To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).

'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''

Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.

=== '''<big>BLE connection</big>''' ===
The TD-150-BLE sensor also has the option to connect to a tracker or [[BA-BLE]] base via bluetooth with a data transmission rate of every second.

'''<big>[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]</big>'''

== Connection diagrams ==
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS tracker and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram</big>''']]
[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Wiring diagram for Frequency output</big>''']]
[[File:Wired Analog mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Analog output wiring diagram</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''<big>The TD-150 sensor has analog mode always enabled; it does not need to be enabled in the configurator!</big>'''</blockquote>

== '''<big>Connection using a resistor</big>''' ==
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate</big>''']]
The sensors are supplied with 2 resistors. Each can be used in place of (but not in conjunction with) the supplied fuse.

'''The black resistor''' should be used if the sensor is powered by a '''12V''' power source. '''The red resistor''' should be used at higher voltages up to '''80V''' (up to '''40V''' to comply with the certificate of conformity).

The purpose of the resistor is to break the voltage supply line in case of overload and to prevent sparking in the hazardous area that could occur in this case.

[[File:Wired R with sensors.png|frameless|512x512px]]

To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.<blockquote>'''<big>NOT WITH THE FUSE, BUT INSTEAD OF THE FUSE</big>'''</blockquote>

= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==

You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-150</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|488x488px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|474x474px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current design sensor</big>''' ===
Also included with the sensor of the current design is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.
* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|512x512px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|511x511px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|655x655px]]

== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|477x477px]]

= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =
'''[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1QSV6y3iBXCMrMlRcXiNggKAV9AbVWAwD/view?usp=drive_link There is also a video instructional guide]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#TD150BLE downloads section of our website]'''

= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =

== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the '''Settings''' menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port (1)(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A (2)(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press win+r and enter devmgmt.msc and press OK (3) and then expand the com ports submenu (4)"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|748x748px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|747x747px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the tracker via RS-485</big>''' ==
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the tracker, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the tracker via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the tracker as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|651x651px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''']]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|662x662px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|644x644px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|650x650px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]
If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the tracker, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your tracker's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =
[[File:Pinout TD-150.png|frameless|797x797px]]

= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft trackers have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the gps tracker without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://youtu.be/n_HxgImFvPs Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/npxXyVOtfh0 Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p6JkD-AuSHk UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker tracker.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|610x610px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|594x594px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS tracker

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|650x650px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with 3E01..., and paste it into the input/output field in the Remote control tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|630x630px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|632x632px]]

= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/escort-td-150-ble/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150_BLE.pdf?v=271022141800 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/escort-td-150-ble/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#TD150BLE Download materials]</big>'''
* '''<big>[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]</big>'''

TD-600

2025-10-20T14:54:14Z

ROMAN: /* Definition and purpose of the sensor */

[[RU:ТД-600| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-600| Versión en español]]

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[File:TD-600.png|thumb|223x223px|'''<big>Current design of TD-600</big>''']]
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The '''TD-600''' meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-600.pdf?v=101024180549 technical data sheet of the device]

= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-600, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces'''.

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-600 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 Passive via LLS protocol'''
* '''RS-485 Active via LLS protocol'''
* '''RS-232''' '''Passive via LLS protocol'''
* '''RS-232''' '''Active via LLS and ASCII'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units). On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''RS-232''' - digital data transmission mode. It works according to '''LLS and ASCII''' protocol, if there is a '''LLS''' request the sensor responds according to '''LLS''' protocol if there is no request the sensor actively outputs data in ASCII format. On the basis of '''CNT''' the value in conventional units of the selected range is formed (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units). On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-5V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''Impulse''''' - mode, in which a 27 Hz pulse train is formed on the basis of CNT. The number of pulses in the pack corresponds to the measured fuel level. The minimum level corresponds to a pack of 2 pulses, the maximum - to a pack of 1025 pulses.

'''''Gps tracker''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank
* [[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|712x712px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']]

* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole using a bimetallic bit'''; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.[[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']]
* [[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|749x749px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|625x625px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|596x596px]]

==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|795x795px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

== '''<big>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]
== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</blockquote>
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|780x780px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|772x772px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|753x753px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]
Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|750x750px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|459x459px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator%20for%20WinXP.zip?v=300721140058 the configurator on a PC]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
The sensor can be configured using the '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator%20for%20WinXP.zip?v=300721140058 configurator on PC] version 2.7.1</big>''' (hereinafter referred to as “'''configurator'''”).

If you get an error when running configurator 2.7.1, you need to install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/other/Component_registration.zip?v=270519154439 additional Microsoft libraries.]

After starting the installation of components, you must wait for the message that the installation is complete, this may take a long time on some computers.

[[File:Runtimepack installation.png|frameless]]

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|759x759px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|758x758px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to disable the electronic signature of drivers and manually install drivers for the С200M2.

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|830x830px]]

After connecting the inverter, the sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers with checking the com port number of the inverter it is necessary to open the configurator, select the necessary com port which we could find out in the device manager(1) and press the button '''Open port'''(2).

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator.jpg|frameless|823x823px]]

After opening the port, connect the sensor to the transmitter and click '''Search for sensors'''

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Connection.jpg|frameless|818x818px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor, you should see this menu:

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator data.jpg|frameless|800x800px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Current value “Empty”
# Current value “Full”
# Network address of the sensor being polled (This address is used for RS-485 and RS-232 mode connections)
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# Current sensor level
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor operating mode
# Additional sensor settings such as: Master mode, range (1024 il 4096), angle transmission redim.
# Current degree of filtration

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
[[File:TD-600 calibration PC example.gif|frameless|600x600px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes - you must perform a sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by covering the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes by turning the sensor upside down or immersing the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for CNT level to stabilize (1)
* Click “'''Set Current level'''” (2) opposite “Full”
* The value “'''Full'''”(3) should change to a value close to the current CNT value (1), but not equal to it, because this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Level .jpg|frameless|798x798px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|517x517px|'''<big>Centralizer</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centralizer at the end of the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''1''')
* Click “'''Set Current level'''” (2) opposite “Empty”
* The value "'''Empty'''" (3) should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (1), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:2.7.1 configurator Full.jpg|frameless|872x872px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, CNT should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the Empty calibration value to the Full calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|759x759px]]

== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==
We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the calibration values Full and Empty of the previously calibrated sensor into the corresponding fields in the configurator and click “Set” against “Empty” and “Full”

[[File:2.7.1 Manual set .jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
Under '''Modes''' (1), you can switch between the sensor's operating modes. The mode name is the same as the interface used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker.

Check the desired mode and press '''Set''' (2).

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator mode set.jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''. On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

- '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the tracker (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''

- '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the tracker.

- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.

'''- R232 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-232connection interface(input Rx and Tx); On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

In this mode, the sensor waits for a request from the tracker via the LLS protocol, e.g:
* '''3101066C''' is a request for information about the fuel level and temperature of the sensor with network number 1 (Sensor ID in RS-232 mode);
* '''3E0106110100010030''' sensor response to the above request; 11 – temperature in HEX (17°C), 01 00 – level 00 01 HEX (reverse byte order, 1501 is 0115 converts to 276); the rest of the bytes are not informative, except for the last one, which is the checksum CRC-8 MAXIM;
* If the sensor does not receive such requests within 10 sec, it starts sending its readings in ASCII format, for example '''F=С0F2 t=11 N=0001.0 <CR><LF>''') F is CNT, t is temperature, N is level, all in HEX.

[[File:TD-600 data examples.jpg|frameless|919x919px]]

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, RS-232, Active RS-485 or Frequency modes, you can select a range of 1-1023 or 1-4095 (1) . In frequency mode, the range will be 300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz.

After changing the range, press “'''Set'''” (2).

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator range set.jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

The range 1-1023 is most often used for sensors that are shorter than 1 meter. However, if it is a stationary tank with a small height, while the length and width are greater than 2-3 meters, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range of 0-255, click “'''Change Network Address'''” (1), enter the new address (2), click “'''OK'''”(3), then you need to “'''Search for Sensors'''”(4), to connect to the sensor with the new address.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Network address changes.jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

== '''<big>Additional options</big>''' ==

=== Master mode ===
The TD-600 sensor also has an additional master mode in which the TD-600 polls up to 7 connected sensors (slaves) via RS-485 using the LLS protocol and transmits its and their data in ASCII format in the active mode via RS-232

Example of information output by a sensor with 2 connected slaves:

'''t_0=11;N_0=0001.0;t_1=15;N_1=02D8.0;t_2=FFFFFFBF;N_2=0025.0'''

where t_* is temperature in HEX

11 is 17°C, 15 is 21°C, '''FFFFFFBF''' is a negative value, the first 6 digits can be ignored BF is 191 so the value is -65°C via the following formula x-256.

N_* is level in HEX

0001 is 1, 02D8 is 728, 0025 is 37

The digit after the number means the slave number, 0 is the data of TD-600 itself, 1-7 are the slave numbers.

To enable the master mode, check the '''Master mode''' checkbox and click '''Set mode'''.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator master mode.jpg|frameless|449x449px]]

To set up connection between TD-600 Master and slave sensors, check '''S1 ... S7 lines''' and enter network addresses of each slave sensor in the '''Net_Num''' field. Set an individual network address for each slave sensor in the settings of both the master and the slave itself and then click '''Set'''.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator master sensors.jpg|frameless|765x765px]]

=== '''<big>Angle measurement</big>''' ===
Sometimes monitoring platforms may detect false drains and refueling while the vehicle is moving.

To solve this problem, you can use readings of the accelerometer built into the TD-600 sensor.

For this purpose, select RS-485 only (this function will not work in Periodic RS-485 mode or in any other mode) The main network address of the sensor must be different from 255.

Check the ''''Angle'''<nowiki/>' box (1) in the '''Modes''' section of the configurator. Then, click '''Set''' (2) first and then '''Search for sensors'''.

In this mode the tilt angle will be transmitted to the next from the main address of the sensor.

Press '''Horizon''' (3) to calibrate the tilt zero.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator angle settings.jpg|frameless|816x816px]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:
* Connect sensor Make sure that the filtration is set to “No” (1). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time. Create an Excel table. Save it in .csv format. The first row of the table should look like this:[[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless|393x393px]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The Filling method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

<blockquote>ATTENTION! Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote>

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]][[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|356x356px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|512x512px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|500x500px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless]]

If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]

The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Tank volume</big>'''
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''
|'''<big>5</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''
|'''<big>10</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''
|'''<big>20</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Over 1000</big>'''
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''
|}
The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.

You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains unchanged.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|461x461px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains unchanged.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
Once the tank calibration is complete, select the desired filtration degree (1) and press “Set mode” (2)

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Filtration.jpg|frameless|775x775px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|807x807px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Click on the “Set Password” button(1), in the menu that opens you can enter a password consisting of numbers(2) and click “OK”(3) '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0'''.
* [[File:2.7.1 Configurator password.jpg|frameless|868x868px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To remove the password on the sensor

* Enter the password in the “'''Enter Password'''” menu
* Click set password and enter password 0

'''Attention!''' No password is set on the sensor by default! If you have connected a sensor and a password has already been set on the sensor, please contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:

* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''

By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:

* calibrate the sensor
* change filtering level
* change network address
* select the sensor operating mode
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)
* set or change password
* calibrate the tank
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|500x500px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to the phone</big>''']]
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|498x498px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply</big>''']]
* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones</big>''']]
* Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Providing access to the C200M2 in the app</big>''']]
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|'''<big>Error failed to connect device after requesting permission</big>''']]
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type and level
# Current sensor level
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|688x688px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|456x456px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|546x546px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Mobile configurator Empty set.jpg|frameless]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|726x726px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Go to Settings

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]

Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:TD-600 mobile mode.jpg|frameless]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''. On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

- '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the tracker (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''

- '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the tracker.

- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.

'''- R232 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-232connection interface(input Rx and Tx); On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

In this mode, the sensor waits for a request from the tracker via the LLS protocol, e.g:

* '''3101066C''' is a request for information about the fuel level and temperature of the sensor with network number 1 (Sensor ID in RS-232 mode);
* '''3E0106110100010030''' sensor response to the above request; 11 – temperature in HEX (17°C), 01 00 – level 00 01 HEX (reverse byte order, 1501 is 0115 converts to 276); the rest of the bytes are not informative, except for the last one, which is the checksum CRC-8 MAXIM;
* If the sensor does not receive such requests within 10 sec, it starts sending its readings in '''ASCII''' format, for example '''F=С0F2 t=11 N=0001.0 <CR><LF>''') F is CNT, t is temperature, N is level, all in HEX.

[[File:TD-600 data examples.jpg|frameless|919x919px]]

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|413x413px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|845x845px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|488x488px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|845x845px]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==

=== Master mode ===
The TD-600 sensor also has an additional master mode in which the TD-600 polls up to 7 connected sensors (slaves) via RS-485 using the LLS protocol and transmits its and their data in ASCII format in the active mode via RS-232

Example of information output by a sensor with 2 connected slaves:

'''t_0=11;N_0=0001.0;t_1=15;N_1=02D8.0;t_2=FFFFFFBF;N_2=0025.0'''

where t_* is temperature in HEX

11 is 17°C, 15 is 21°C, '''FFFFFFBF''' is a negative value, the first 6 digits can be ignored BF is 191 so the value is -65°C via the following formula x-256.

N_* is level in HEX

0001 is 1, 02D8 is 728, 0025 is 37

The digit after the number means the slave number, 0 is the data of TD-600 itself, 1-7 are the slave numbers.

To activate the wizard mode, go to the “'''Master Mode'''” menu

[[File:TD-600 master mode mobile.jpg|frameless]]

Check “'''Master Mode'''” and enable the required number of slaves and specify their addresses, they must be different from each other and from the sensor address. And then click “'''Set'''”

[[File:TD-600 master settings mobile.jpg|frameless]]

=== '''<big>Angle measurement</big>''' ===
Sometimes monitoring platforms may detect false drains and refueling while the vehicle is moving.

To solve this problem, you can use readings of the accelerometer built into the TD-600 sensor.

For this purpose, select '''RS-485 only (this function will not work in Periodic RS-485 mode or in any other mode)''' The main network address of the sensor must be different from 255.

In this mode the tilt angle will be transmitted to the next from the main address of the sensor.

To enable tilt angle transmission, go to “'''Additional features'''”

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

Enable the switch '''"Transmit angle"'''

To calibrate the tilt zero, you must press “'''Set 0'''”

[[File:TD-600 angle set mobile.jpg|frameless]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Tightening screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:TD-600 tank calibration mobile.jpg|frameless]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')
[[File:Start tank calibration folder wired.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.

Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').

In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.

The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|483x483px|'''<big>Editing a tank calibration line</big>''']]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>

== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|462x462px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|415x415px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 tank calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration”''' ('''1''') and click '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''')

[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|766x766px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''

[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS tracker</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection diagrams</big>''' ==
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS tracker and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.

[[File:TD-600 RS-485.png|frameless|512x512px]]

[[File:TD-600 RS-232.png|frameless|501x501px]]

[[File:TD-600 Frequency.png|frameless|512x512px]]

[[File:TD-600 analog.png|frameless|512x512px]]

= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==

You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-150</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|451x451px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|461x461px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current design sensor</big>''' ===
Also included with the sensor of the current design is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|457x457px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|460x460px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless]]

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the former design</big>''' ==
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =
'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=116383505004193584732&rtpof=true&sd=true Firmware update instructions]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td600 downloads section of our website]'''

= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =

== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the '''Settings''' menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port (1)(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A (2)(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press win+r and enter devmgmt.msc and press OK (3) and then expand the com ports submenu (4)"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|691x691px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|697x697px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the tracker via RS-485</big>''' ==
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the tracker, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the tracker via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the tracker as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|585x585px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''']]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|529x529px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|528x528px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|595x595px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]
If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the tracker, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your tracker's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =
[[File:Pinout TD-600.jpg|frameless|834x834px]]

= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft trackers have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the gps tracker without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qmU9DQCO4Fc Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/JJZl-EsrUoQ Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/rFzWX8E97Bg UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands to tracker.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|632x632px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|586x586px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS tracker

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|651x651px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01...''', and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote control'' tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|649x649px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|648x648px]]

= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-600.pdf?v=101024180549 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td600 Download materials]</big>'''

TD-600

2025-10-20T14:53:57Z

ROMAN: /* Basic terms and concepts */

[[RU:ТД-600| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-600| Versión en español]]

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[File:TD-600.png|thumb|223x223px|'''<big>Current design of TD-150</big>''']]
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The '''TD-600''' meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-600.pdf?v=101024180549 technical data sheet of the device]

= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-600, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces'''.

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-600 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 Passive via LLS protocol'''
* '''RS-485 Active via LLS protocol'''
* '''RS-232''' '''Passive via LLS protocol'''
* '''RS-232''' '''Active via LLS and ASCII'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units). On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''RS-232''' - digital data transmission mode. It works according to '''LLS and ASCII''' protocol, if there is a '''LLS''' request the sensor responds according to '''LLS''' protocol if there is no request the sensor actively outputs data in ASCII format. On the basis of '''CNT''' the value in conventional units of the selected range is formed (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units). On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-5V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''Impulse''''' - mode, in which a 27 Hz pulse train is formed on the basis of CNT. The number of pulses in the pack corresponds to the measured fuel level. The minimum level corresponds to a pack of 2 pulses, the maximum - to a pack of 1025 pulses.

'''''Gps tracker''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank
* [[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|712x712px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']]

* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole using a bimetallic bit'''; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.[[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']]
* [[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|749x749px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|625x625px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|596x596px]]

==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|795x795px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

== '''<big>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]
== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</blockquote>
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|780x780px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|772x772px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|753x753px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]
Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|750x750px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|459x459px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator%20for%20WinXP.zip?v=300721140058 the configurator on a PC]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
The sensor can be configured using the '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator%20for%20WinXP.zip?v=300721140058 configurator on PC] version 2.7.1</big>''' (hereinafter referred to as “'''configurator'''”).

If you get an error when running configurator 2.7.1, you need to install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/other/Component_registration.zip?v=270519154439 additional Microsoft libraries.]

After starting the installation of components, you must wait for the message that the installation is complete, this may take a long time on some computers.

[[File:Runtimepack installation.png|frameless]]

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|759x759px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|758x758px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to disable the electronic signature of drivers and manually install drivers for the С200M2.

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|830x830px]]

After connecting the inverter, the sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers with checking the com port number of the inverter it is necessary to open the configurator, select the necessary com port which we could find out in the device manager(1) and press the button '''Open port'''(2).

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator.jpg|frameless|823x823px]]

After opening the port, connect the sensor to the transmitter and click '''Search for sensors'''

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Connection.jpg|frameless|818x818px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor, you should see this menu:

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator data.jpg|frameless|800x800px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Current value “Empty”
# Current value “Full”
# Network address of the sensor being polled (This address is used for RS-485 and RS-232 mode connections)
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# Current sensor level
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor operating mode
# Additional sensor settings such as: Master mode, range (1024 il 4096), angle transmission redim.
# Current degree of filtration

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
[[File:TD-600 calibration PC example.gif|frameless|600x600px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes - you must perform a sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by covering the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes by turning the sensor upside down or immersing the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for CNT level to stabilize (1)
* Click “'''Set Current level'''” (2) opposite “Full”
* The value “'''Full'''”(3) should change to a value close to the current CNT value (1), but not equal to it, because this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Level .jpg|frameless|798x798px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|517x517px|'''<big>Centralizer</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centralizer at the end of the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''1''')
* Click “'''Set Current level'''” (2) opposite “Empty”
* The value "'''Empty'''" (3) should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (1), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:2.7.1 configurator Full.jpg|frameless|872x872px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, CNT should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the Empty calibration value to the Full calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|759x759px]]

== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==
We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the calibration values Full and Empty of the previously calibrated sensor into the corresponding fields in the configurator and click “Set” against “Empty” and “Full”

[[File:2.7.1 Manual set .jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
Under '''Modes''' (1), you can switch between the sensor's operating modes. The mode name is the same as the interface used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker.

Check the desired mode and press '''Set''' (2).

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator mode set.jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''. On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

- '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the tracker (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''

- '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the tracker.

- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.

'''- R232 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-232connection interface(input Rx and Tx); On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

In this mode, the sensor waits for a request from the tracker via the LLS protocol, e.g:
* '''3101066C''' is a request for information about the fuel level and temperature of the sensor with network number 1 (Sensor ID in RS-232 mode);
* '''3E0106110100010030''' sensor response to the above request; 11 – temperature in HEX (17°C), 01 00 – level 00 01 HEX (reverse byte order, 1501 is 0115 converts to 276); the rest of the bytes are not informative, except for the last one, which is the checksum CRC-8 MAXIM;
* If the sensor does not receive such requests within 10 sec, it starts sending its readings in ASCII format, for example '''F=С0F2 t=11 N=0001.0 <CR><LF>''') F is CNT, t is temperature, N is level, all in HEX.

[[File:TD-600 data examples.jpg|frameless|919x919px]]

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, RS-232, Active RS-485 or Frequency modes, you can select a range of 1-1023 or 1-4095 (1) . In frequency mode, the range will be 300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz.

After changing the range, press “'''Set'''” (2).

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator range set.jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

The range 1-1023 is most often used for sensors that are shorter than 1 meter. However, if it is a stationary tank with a small height, while the length and width are greater than 2-3 meters, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range of 0-255, click “'''Change Network Address'''” (1), enter the new address (2), click “'''OK'''”(3), then you need to “'''Search for Sensors'''”(4), to connect to the sensor with the new address.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Network address changes.jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

== '''<big>Additional options</big>''' ==

=== Master mode ===
The TD-600 sensor also has an additional master mode in which the TD-600 polls up to 7 connected sensors (slaves) via RS-485 using the LLS protocol and transmits its and their data in ASCII format in the active mode via RS-232

Example of information output by a sensor with 2 connected slaves:

'''t_0=11;N_0=0001.0;t_1=15;N_1=02D8.0;t_2=FFFFFFBF;N_2=0025.0'''

where t_* is temperature in HEX

11 is 17°C, 15 is 21°C, '''FFFFFFBF''' is a negative value, the first 6 digits can be ignored BF is 191 so the value is -65°C via the following formula x-256.

N_* is level in HEX

0001 is 1, 02D8 is 728, 0025 is 37

The digit after the number means the slave number, 0 is the data of TD-600 itself, 1-7 are the slave numbers.

To enable the master mode, check the '''Master mode''' checkbox and click '''Set mode'''.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator master mode.jpg|frameless|449x449px]]

To set up connection between TD-600 Master and slave sensors, check '''S1 ... S7 lines''' and enter network addresses of each slave sensor in the '''Net_Num''' field. Set an individual network address for each slave sensor in the settings of both the master and the slave itself and then click '''Set'''.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator master sensors.jpg|frameless|765x765px]]

=== '''<big>Angle measurement</big>''' ===
Sometimes monitoring platforms may detect false drains and refueling while the vehicle is moving.

To solve this problem, you can use readings of the accelerometer built into the TD-600 sensor.

For this purpose, select RS-485 only (this function will not work in Periodic RS-485 mode or in any other mode) The main network address of the sensor must be different from 255.

Check the ''''Angle'''<nowiki/>' box (1) in the '''Modes''' section of the configurator. Then, click '''Set''' (2) first and then '''Search for sensors'''.

In this mode the tilt angle will be transmitted to the next from the main address of the sensor.

Press '''Horizon''' (3) to calibrate the tilt zero.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator angle settings.jpg|frameless|816x816px]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:
* Connect sensor Make sure that the filtration is set to “No” (1). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time. Create an Excel table. Save it in .csv format. The first row of the table should look like this:[[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless|393x393px]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The Filling method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

<blockquote>ATTENTION! Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote>

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]][[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|356x356px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|512x512px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|500x500px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless]]

If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]

The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Tank volume</big>'''
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''
|'''<big>5</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''
|'''<big>10</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''
|'''<big>20</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Over 1000</big>'''
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''
|}
The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.

You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains unchanged.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|461x461px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains unchanged.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
Once the tank calibration is complete, select the desired filtration degree (1) and press “Set mode” (2)

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Filtration.jpg|frameless|775x775px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|807x807px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Click on the “Set Password” button(1), in the menu that opens you can enter a password consisting of numbers(2) and click “OK”(3) '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0'''.
* [[File:2.7.1 Configurator password.jpg|frameless|868x868px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To remove the password on the sensor

* Enter the password in the “'''Enter Password'''” menu
* Click set password and enter password 0

'''Attention!''' No password is set on the sensor by default! If you have connected a sensor and a password has already been set on the sensor, please contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:

* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''

By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:

* calibrate the sensor
* change filtering level
* change network address
* select the sensor operating mode
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)
* set or change password
* calibrate the tank
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|500x500px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to the phone</big>''']]
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|498x498px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply</big>''']]
* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones</big>''']]
* Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Providing access to the C200M2 in the app</big>''']]
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|'''<big>Error failed to connect device after requesting permission</big>''']]
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type and level
# Current sensor level
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|688x688px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|456x456px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|546x546px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Mobile configurator Empty set.jpg|frameless]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|726x726px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Go to Settings

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]

Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:TD-600 mobile mode.jpg|frameless]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''. On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

- '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the tracker (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''

- '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the tracker.

- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.

'''- R232 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-232connection interface(input Rx and Tx); On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

In this mode, the sensor waits for a request from the tracker via the LLS protocol, e.g:

* '''3101066C''' is a request for information about the fuel level and temperature of the sensor with network number 1 (Sensor ID in RS-232 mode);
* '''3E0106110100010030''' sensor response to the above request; 11 – temperature in HEX (17°C), 01 00 – level 00 01 HEX (reverse byte order, 1501 is 0115 converts to 276); the rest of the bytes are not informative, except for the last one, which is the checksum CRC-8 MAXIM;
* If the sensor does not receive such requests within 10 sec, it starts sending its readings in '''ASCII''' format, for example '''F=С0F2 t=11 N=0001.0 <CR><LF>''') F is CNT, t is temperature, N is level, all in HEX.

[[File:TD-600 data examples.jpg|frameless|919x919px]]

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|413x413px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|845x845px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|488x488px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|845x845px]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==

=== Master mode ===
The TD-600 sensor also has an additional master mode in which the TD-600 polls up to 7 connected sensors (slaves) via RS-485 using the LLS protocol and transmits its and their data in ASCII format in the active mode via RS-232

Example of information output by a sensor with 2 connected slaves:

'''t_0=11;N_0=0001.0;t_1=15;N_1=02D8.0;t_2=FFFFFFBF;N_2=0025.0'''

where t_* is temperature in HEX

11 is 17°C, 15 is 21°C, '''FFFFFFBF''' is a negative value, the first 6 digits can be ignored BF is 191 so the value is -65°C via the following formula x-256.

N_* is level in HEX

0001 is 1, 02D8 is 728, 0025 is 37

The digit after the number means the slave number, 0 is the data of TD-600 itself, 1-7 are the slave numbers.

To activate the wizard mode, go to the “'''Master Mode'''” menu

[[File:TD-600 master mode mobile.jpg|frameless]]

Check “'''Master Mode'''” and enable the required number of slaves and specify their addresses, they must be different from each other and from the sensor address. And then click “'''Set'''”

[[File:TD-600 master settings mobile.jpg|frameless]]

=== '''<big>Angle measurement</big>''' ===
Sometimes monitoring platforms may detect false drains and refueling while the vehicle is moving.

To solve this problem, you can use readings of the accelerometer built into the TD-600 sensor.

For this purpose, select '''RS-485 only (this function will not work in Periodic RS-485 mode or in any other mode)''' The main network address of the sensor must be different from 255.

In this mode the tilt angle will be transmitted to the next from the main address of the sensor.

To enable tilt angle transmission, go to “'''Additional features'''”

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

Enable the switch '''"Transmit angle"'''

To calibrate the tilt zero, you must press “'''Set 0'''”

[[File:TD-600 angle set mobile.jpg|frameless]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Tightening screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:TD-600 tank calibration mobile.jpg|frameless]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')
[[File:Start tank calibration folder wired.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.

Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').

In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.

The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|483x483px|'''<big>Editing a tank calibration line</big>''']]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>

== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|462x462px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|415x415px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 tank calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration”''' ('''1''') and click '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''')

[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|766x766px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''

[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS tracker</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection diagrams</big>''' ==
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS tracker and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.

[[File:TD-600 RS-485.png|frameless|512x512px]]

[[File:TD-600 RS-232.png|frameless|501x501px]]

[[File:TD-600 Frequency.png|frameless|512x512px]]

[[File:TD-600 analog.png|frameless|512x512px]]

= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==

You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-150</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|451x451px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|461x461px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current design sensor</big>''' ===
Also included with the sensor of the current design is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|457x457px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|460x460px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless]]

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the former design</big>''' ==
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =
'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=116383505004193584732&rtpof=true&sd=true Firmware update instructions]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td600 downloads section of our website]'''

= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =

== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the '''Settings''' menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port (1)(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A (2)(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press win+r and enter devmgmt.msc and press OK (3) and then expand the com ports submenu (4)"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|691x691px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|697x697px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the tracker via RS-485</big>''' ==
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the tracker, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the tracker via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the tracker as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|585x585px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''']]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|529x529px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|528x528px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|595x595px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]
If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the tracker, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your tracker's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =
[[File:Pinout TD-600.jpg|frameless|834x834px]]

= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft trackers have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the gps tracker without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qmU9DQCO4Fc Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/JJZl-EsrUoQ Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/rFzWX8E97Bg UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands to tracker.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|632x632px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|586x586px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS tracker

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|651x651px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01...''', and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote control'' tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|649x649px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|648x648px]]

= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-600.pdf?v=101024180549 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td600 Download materials]</big>'''

TD-500

2025-10-20T14:50:11Z

ROMAN: /* Setting the mode, range and network address */

[[RU:ТД-500| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-500| Versión en español]]

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[File:TD-500 design current.png|thumb|239x239px|'''<big>Current design of TD-500</big>''']]
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The TD-500 meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-500/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-500.pdf?v=070224170633 technical data sheet of the device.]

= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''. The TD-500 sensor also supports '''MODBUS''' protocol, [[MODBUS TD-500|description]].

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-500 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 Passive via LLS and MODBUS protocol'''
* '''RS-485 Active via LLS protocol'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''
* '''Impulse'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''RS-485''' '''Passive'''- digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the '''LLS''' and '''MODBUS''' protocols. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-5V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''Impulse''''' - mode, in which a 27 Hz pulse train is formed on the basis of CNT. The number of pulses in the pack corresponds to the measured fuel level. The minimum level corresponds to a pack of 2 pulses, the maximum - to a pack of 1025 pulses.

'''''Gps tracker''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank
* [[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|766x766px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank''' '''and''' '''drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']]
* [[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']]
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm''' hole using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.
* [[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://youtu.be/3psA2ACmw7w?si=zQ7n_N6h0HseNdfF Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|803x803px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]

==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|821x821px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

== '''<big>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</blockquote>
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|862x862px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|860x860px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|622x622px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|745x745px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z0HSGDMR3rQ Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|635x635px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 the configurator on a PC]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''<big>the configurator on a PC</big>'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|742x742px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|747x747px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://windowsreport.com/driver-signature-enforcement-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Escort%20driver%20C-200M2.zip?v=050623134319 drivers for the С200M2].

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|798x798px]]

After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').

[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|661x661px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:

[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|685x685px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor level
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)
# Current filtration type and degree
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|636x636px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''

[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|634x634px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''2''')
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|344x344px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|509x509px|'''<big>Centralizer</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centralizer at the end of the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''1''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (1), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor
* Click "'''OK"'''

[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|585x585px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]
[[File:Calibration_values_calibration_without_fuel_PC.png|none|thumb|366x366px|'''<big>Calibration values after calibration without fuel</big>''']]
If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==

We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.

[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|632x632px]]

[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|644x644px]]

[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|644x644px]]

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')

[[File:TD-500 modes.png|frameless|697x697px]]

*'''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol''' or '''MODBUS protocol ([[MODBUS ТД-500|description]])'''
* '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.
* '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
* '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the tracker.
* '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the tracker (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').

[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|643x643px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|625x625px|'''<big>Before changing network address</big>''']]
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|614x614px|'''<big>After changing network address</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:

* Connect sensor
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No”''' ('''1'''). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.
* Create an Excel table. Save it in .csv format. The first row of the table should look like this:
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless|419x419px]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The '''Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the '''Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote>

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]][[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|432x432px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|512x512px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|500x500px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|472x472px]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless]]

If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.
[[File:Tank calibration table in .csv format.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]
The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Tank volume</big>'''
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''
|'''<big>5</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''
|'''<big>10</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''
|'''<big>20</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Over 1000</big>'''
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''
|}
The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.

You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|460x460px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''

[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|688x688px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|796x796px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|612x612px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|611x611px]]
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|612x612px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|722x722px]]
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:

* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''

By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:

* calibrate the sensor
* change filtering level
* change network address
* select the sensor operating mode
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)
* set or change password
* calibrate the tank
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|574x574px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to the phone</big>''']]
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|566x566px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply</big>''']]
* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones</big>''']]Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Providing access to the C200M2 in the app</big>''']]
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|'''<big>Error failed to connect device after requesting permission</big>''']]
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type and level
# Current sensor level
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the "'''Calibration without fuel'''" slider ('''1''')
* Press "'''Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value "'''Full'''" ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (2), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|463x463px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|531x531px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click "'''Empty'''" ('''3''')
* The value "'''Empty'''" ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired phone empty.png|frameless|381x381px]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|670x670px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the "'''Calibrate without fue'''l" switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press "'''Calibrate'''" ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Go to Settings

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]

Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wired mode settings mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

* '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol and MODBUS protocol'''. '''([[MODBUS ТД-500|description]])'''
* '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''
* '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
* '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the tracker.
* '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the tracker (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|450x450px]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless|586x586px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|514x514px]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless|569x569px]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Tightening screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:Wired tank calibration mobile.png|frameless]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')
[[File:Start tank calibration folder.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.

Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').

In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.

The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|386x386px|'''<big>Editing a tank calibration line</big>''']]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>

== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required “'''Filtration'''” ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|654x654px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>

* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click “'''Remove'''”

[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS tracker</big>''' =

== General instructions ==
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|940x940px]]

Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.

To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).

'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''

Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.

== Connection diagrams ==
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS tracker and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram</big>''']]
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate</big>''']]
To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.<blockquote>'''<big>NOT WITH THE FUSE, BUT INSTEAD OF THE FUSE</big>'''</blockquote>
[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Wiring diagram for Frequency output</big>''']]

= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==

You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-500</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|460x460px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|533x533px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current design sensor</big>''' ===
Also included with the sensor of the current design is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|511x511px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|517x517px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|664x664px]]

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the former design</big>''' ==
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =
[https://docs.google.com/document/d/1KZYZBx8zbcA7TRlT8QX4W5yt2mHhz334fVjsXdTpS4c/edit]'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit Firmware update instructions]''' for sensors with serial number higher than 254483

'''[https://youtu.be/BVCs-LiWLVs There is also a video instructional guide]''' for sensors with serial number higher than 254483

'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/1KZYZBx8zbcA7TRlT8QX4W5yt2mHhz334fVjsXdTpS4c/edit Firmware update instructions]''' for sensors with serial number higher below 254483

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td500 downloads section of our website]'''

= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =

== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|853x853px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|684x684px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the tracker via RS-485</big>''' ==
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the tracker, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the tracker via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the tracker as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|579x579px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''']]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|555x555px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|550x550px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|544x544px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]
If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the tracker, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your tracker's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/12cmqjmKU7KKg6ms8wnTsv6Ttb1gohf8b/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =
[[File:TD-500 wiring.png|frameless|704x704px]]

= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft trackers have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the gps tracker without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://youtu.be/n_HxgImFvPs Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/npxXyVOtfh0 Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p6JkD-AuSHk UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker tracker.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|714x714px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|674x674px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS tracker

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|700x700px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01'''..., and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote'' ''control'' tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|717x717px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|718x718px]]

= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-500/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-500.pdf?v=070224170633 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/Jeskort-td-500/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td500 Download materials]</big>'''

TD-150

2025-10-20T14:49:42Z

ROMAN: /* Checking the connection between the sensor and the tracker via RS-485 */

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[RU:TD-150| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-150| Versión en español]]
[[File:TD-150.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design of TD-150</big>''']]
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The TD-150 meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150.pdf?v=271022141709 technical data sheet of the device.]

= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''.

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-150 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 (Passive and Active)'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-9V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''GPS tracker''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank[[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|787x787px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']][[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|874x874px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]

==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two_sensors_installed_diagonally.png|none|thumb|885x885px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]

'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

== '''<big>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</blockquote>
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|887x887px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|893x893px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]

'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|749x749px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|764x764px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|702x702px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 the configurator on a PC]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''<big>the configurator on a PC</big>'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://windowsreport.com/driver-signature-enforcement-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Escort%20driver%20C-200M2.zip?v=050623134319 drivers for the С200M2].

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|796x796px]]

After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').

[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|657x657px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:

[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|751x751px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor level
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)
# Current filtration type and degree
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|647x647px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''

[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|734x734px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel'''" slider ('''2''')
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|518x518px|'''<big>Centralizer</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|<big>'''Centralizer at the end of the tubes'''</big>]]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize (1)
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor
* Click '''"OK"'''

[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, CNT should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the Empty calibration value to the Full calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|655x655px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

[[File:Calibration values calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:

* From 1 to1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==

We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.

[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|733x733px]]

[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|669x669px]]

[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|667x667px]]

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wire mode settings.png|frameless|572x572px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.

- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote>

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').

[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|561x561px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|611x611px|'''<big>Before changing network address</big>''']]
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|614x614px|'''<big>After changing network address</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:

* Connect sensor
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No”''' ('''1'''). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.
* Create an Excel table. Save it in '''.csv''' format. The first row of the table should look like this:
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The '''Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the '''Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote>

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]] [[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|355x355px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|443x443px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|446x446px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|499x499px]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless|446x446px]]
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]
If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.

The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''
|-
|'''Tank volume'''
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''
|'''<big>5</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''
|'''<big>10</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''
|'''<big>20</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Over1000</big>'''
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''
|}
<blockquote><big>The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.</big></blockquote>You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|487x487px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|471x471px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|442x442px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''

[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|732x732px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|790x790px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|780x780px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|777x777px]]
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|781x781px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|776x776px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|768x768px]]
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:

* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''

By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:

* calibrate the sensor
* change filtering level
* change network address
* select the sensor operating mode
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)
* set or change password
* calibrate the tank
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|561x561px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to the phone</big>''']]
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|565x565px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply</big>''']]

* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones</big>''']]
* Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|688x688px|'''<big>Providing access to the C200M2 in the app</big>''']]
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|685x685px|'''<big>Error failed to connect device after requesting permission</big>''']]
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless|787x787px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type and level
# Current sensor level
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration (via mobile app)</big>''' ==
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|928x928px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|408x408px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|513x513px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired phone empty.png|frameless]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|759x759px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless|768x768px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:

* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Go to Settings

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|806x806px]]

Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wired mode settings mobile.png|frameless|801x801px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|798x798px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''

- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote>

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|490x490px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|992x992px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|501x501px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|857x857px]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Tightening screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:Wired tank calibration mobile.png|frameless|924x924px]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')
[[File:Start tank calibration folder wired.png|none|thumb|722x722px|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.

Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').

In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.

The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|381x381px|<big>'''Editing a tank calibration line'''</big>]]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless|763x763px]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>

== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|466x466px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|426x426px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 tank calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required “Filtration” ('''1''') and click “Set parameters” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|813x813px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless|719x719px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless|728x728px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>

* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless|697x697px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''
[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless|673x673px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support..

= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS tracker</big>''' =

== '''<big>General instructions</big>''' ==
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|923x923px]]

Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.

To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).

'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''

Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.

== '''<big>Connection diagrams</big>''' ==
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS tracker and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram</big>''']]
[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Wiring diagram for Frequency output</big>''']]
[[File:Wired Analog mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Analog output wiring diagram</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''<big>The TD-150 sensor has analog mode always enabled; it does not need to be enabled in the configurator!</big>'''</blockquote>

== '''<big>Connection using a resistor</big>''' ==
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate</big>''']]

The sensors are supplied with 2 resistors. Each can be used in place of (but not in conjunction with) the supplied fuse.

'''The black resistor''' should be used if the sensor is powered by a '''12V''' power source. '''The red resistor''' should be used at higher voltages up to '''80V''' (up to '''40V''' to comply with the certificate of conformity).

The purpose of the resistor is to break the voltage supply line in case of overload and to prevent sparking in the hazardous area that could occur in this case.

[[File:Wired R with sensors.png|frameless|512x512px]]

To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.<blockquote>'''<big>NOT WITH THE FUSE, BUT INSTEAD OF THE FUSE</big>'''</blockquote>

= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==

You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-150</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|411x411px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|515x515px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]

Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current design sensor</big>''' ===
Also included with the sensor of the current design is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|432x432px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|435x435px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|555x555px]]

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the former design</big>''' ==
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =
'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=116383505004193584732&rtpof=true&sd=true Firmware update instructions]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/BVCs-LiWLVs There is also a video instructional guide]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 downloads section of our website]'''

= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =

== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|786x786px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|722x722px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the tracker via RS-485</big>''' ==
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the tracker, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the tracker via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the tracker as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''' ]]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|572x572px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|585x585px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|665x665px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]
If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the tracker, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your tracker's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =
[[File:Pinout TD-150.png|frameless|828x828px]]

= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft trackers have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the gps tracker without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qmU9DQCO4Fc Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/JJZl-EsrUoQ Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/rFzWX8E97Bg UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker tracker.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|632x632px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|586x586px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS tracker

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|651x651px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01...''', and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote control'' tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|649x649px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|648x648px]]

= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150.pdf?v=271022141709 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 Download materials]</big>'''

TD-500

2025-10-20T14:48:29Z

ROMAN:

[[RU:ТД-500| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-500| Versión en español]]

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[File:TD-500 design current.png|thumb|239x239px|'''<big>Current design of TD-500</big>''']]
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The TD-500 meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-500/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-500.pdf?v=070224170633 technical data sheet of the device.]

= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''. The TD-500 sensor also supports '''MODBUS''' protocol, [[MODBUS TD-500|description]].

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-500 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 Passive via LLS and MODBUS protocol'''
* '''RS-485 Active via LLS protocol'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''
* '''Impulse'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''RS-485''' '''Passive'''- digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the '''LLS''' and '''MODBUS''' protocols. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-5V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''Impulse''''' - mode, in which a 27 Hz pulse train is formed on the basis of CNT. The number of pulses in the pack corresponds to the measured fuel level. The minimum level corresponds to a pack of 2 pulses, the maximum - to a pack of 1025 pulses.

'''''Gps tracker''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank
* [[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|766x766px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank''' '''and''' '''drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']]
* [[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']]
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm''' hole using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.
* [[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://youtu.be/3psA2ACmw7w?si=zQ7n_N6h0HseNdfF Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|803x803px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]

==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|821x821px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

== '''<big>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</blockquote>
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|862x862px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|860x860px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|622x622px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|745x745px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z0HSGDMR3rQ Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|635x635px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 the configurator on a PC]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''<big>the configurator on a PC</big>'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|742x742px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|747x747px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://windowsreport.com/driver-signature-enforcement-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Escort%20driver%20C-200M2.zip?v=050623134319 drivers for the С200M2].

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|798x798px]]

After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').

[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|661x661px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:

[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|685x685px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor level
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)
# Current filtration type and degree
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|636x636px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''

[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|634x634px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''2''')
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|344x344px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|509x509px|'''<big>Centralizer</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centralizer at the end of the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''1''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (1), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor
* Click "'''OK"'''

[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|585x585px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]
[[File:Calibration_values_calibration_without_fuel_PC.png|none|thumb|366x366px|'''<big>Calibration values after calibration without fuel</big>''']]
If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==

We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.

[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|632x632px]]

[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|644x644px]]

[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|644x644px]]

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')

[[File:TD-500 modes.png|frameless|697x697px]]

*'''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol''' or '''MODBUS protocol ([[MODBUS ТД-500|description]])'''
* '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.
* '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
* '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the tracker.
* '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the tracker (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').

[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|643x643px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|625x625px|'''<big>Before changing network address</big>''']]
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|614x614px|'''<big>After changing network address</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:

* Connect sensor
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No”''' ('''1'''). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.
* Create an Excel table. Save it in .csv format. The first row of the table should look like this:
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless|419x419px]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The '''Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the '''Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote>

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]][[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|432x432px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|512x512px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|500x500px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|472x472px]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless]]

If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.
[[File:Tank calibration table in .csv format.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]
The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Tank volume</big>'''
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''
|'''<big>5</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''
|'''<big>10</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''
|'''<big>20</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Over 1000</big>'''
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''
|}
The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.

You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|460x460px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''

[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|688x688px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|796x796px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|612x612px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|611x611px]]
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|612x612px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|722x722px]]
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:

* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''

By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:

* calibrate the sensor
* change filtering level
* change network address
* select the sensor operating mode
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)
* set or change password
* calibrate the tank
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|574x574px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to the phone</big>''']]
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|566x566px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply</big>''']]
* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones</big>''']]Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Providing access to the C200M2 in the app</big>''']]
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|'''<big>Error failed to connect device after requesting permission</big>''']]
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type and level
# Current sensor level
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the "'''Calibration without fuel'''" slider ('''1''')
* Press "'''Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value "'''Full'''" ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (2), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|463x463px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|531x531px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click "'''Empty'''" ('''3''')
* The value "'''Empty'''" ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired phone empty.png|frameless|381x381px]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|670x670px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the "'''Calibrate without fue'''l" switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press "'''Calibrate'''" ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Go to Settings

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]

Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wired mode settings mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

* '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol and MODBUS protocol'''. '''([[MODBUS ТД-500|description]])'''
* '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''
* '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently interrogate the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
* '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the tracker.
* '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the tracker (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|450x450px]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless|586x586px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|514x514px]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless|569x569px]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Tightening screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:Wired tank calibration mobile.png|frameless]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')
[[File:Start tank calibration folder.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.

Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').

In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.

The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|386x386px|'''<big>Editing a tank calibration line</big>''']]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>

== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required “'''Filtration'''” ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|654x654px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>

* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click “'''Remove'''”

[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS tracker</big>''' =

== General instructions ==
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|940x940px]]

Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.

To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).

'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''

Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.

== Connection diagrams ==
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS tracker and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram</big>''']]
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate</big>''']]
To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.<blockquote>'''<big>NOT WITH THE FUSE, BUT INSTEAD OF THE FUSE</big>'''</blockquote>
[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Wiring diagram for Frequency output</big>''']]

= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==

You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-500</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|460x460px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|533x533px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current design sensor</big>''' ===
Also included with the sensor of the current design is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|511x511px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|517x517px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|664x664px]]

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the former design</big>''' ==
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =
[https://docs.google.com/document/d/1KZYZBx8zbcA7TRlT8QX4W5yt2mHhz334fVjsXdTpS4c/edit]'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit Firmware update instructions]''' for sensors with serial number higher than 254483

'''[https://youtu.be/BVCs-LiWLVs There is also a video instructional guide]''' for sensors with serial number higher than 254483

'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/1KZYZBx8zbcA7TRlT8QX4W5yt2mHhz334fVjsXdTpS4c/edit Firmware update instructions]''' for sensors with serial number higher below 254483

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td500 downloads section of our website]'''

= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =

== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|853x853px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|684x684px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the tracker via RS-485</big>''' ==
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the tracker, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the tracker via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the tracker as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|579x579px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''']]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|555x555px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|550x550px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|544x544px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]
If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the tracker, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your tracker's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/12cmqjmKU7KKg6ms8wnTsv6Ttb1gohf8b/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =
[[File:TD-500 wiring.png|frameless|704x704px]]

= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft trackers have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the gps tracker without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://youtu.be/n_HxgImFvPs Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/npxXyVOtfh0 Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p6JkD-AuSHk UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker tracker.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|714x714px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|674x674px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS tracker

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|700x700px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01'''..., and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote'' ''control'' tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|717x717px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|718x718px]]

= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-500/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-500.pdf?v=070224170633 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/Jeskort-td-500/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td500 Download materials]</big>'''

TD-150

2025-10-20T14:45:04Z

ROMAN: /* Setting the mode, range and network address */

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[RU:TD-150| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-150| Versión en español]]
[[File:TD-150.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design of TD-150</big>''']]
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The TD-150 meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150.pdf?v=271022141709 technical data sheet of the device.]

= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''.

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-150 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 (Passive and Active)'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-9V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''GPS tracker''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank[[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|787x787px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']][[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|874x874px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]

==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two_sensors_installed_diagonally.png|none|thumb|885x885px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]

'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

== '''<big>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</blockquote>
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|887x887px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|893x893px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]

'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|749x749px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|764x764px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|702x702px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 the configurator on a PC]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''<big>the configurator on a PC</big>'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://windowsreport.com/driver-signature-enforcement-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Escort%20driver%20C-200M2.zip?v=050623134319 drivers for the С200M2].

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|796x796px]]

After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').

[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|657x657px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:

[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|751x751px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor level
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)
# Current filtration type and degree
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|647x647px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''

[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|734x734px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel'''" slider ('''2''')
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|518x518px|'''<big>Centralizer</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|<big>'''Centralizer at the end of the tubes'''</big>]]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize (1)
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor
* Click '''"OK"'''

[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, CNT should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the Empty calibration value to the Full calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|655x655px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

[[File:Calibration values calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:

* From 1 to1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==

We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.

[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|733x733px]]

[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|669x669px]]

[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|667x667px]]

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wire mode settings.png|frameless|572x572px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.

- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote>

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').

[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|561x561px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|611x611px|'''<big>Before changing network address</big>''']]
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|614x614px|'''<big>After changing network address</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:

* Connect sensor
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No”''' ('''1'''). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.
* Create an Excel table. Save it in '''.csv''' format. The first row of the table should look like this:
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The '''Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the '''Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote>

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]] [[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|355x355px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|443x443px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|446x446px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|499x499px]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless|446x446px]]
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]
If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.

The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''
|-
|'''Tank volume'''
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''
|'''<big>5</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''
|'''<big>10</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''
|'''<big>20</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Over1000</big>'''
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''
|}
<blockquote><big>The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.</big></blockquote>You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|487x487px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|471x471px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|442x442px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''

[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|732x732px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|790x790px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|780x780px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|777x777px]]
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|781x781px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|776x776px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|768x768px]]
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:

* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''

By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:

* calibrate the sensor
* change filtering level
* change network address
* select the sensor operating mode
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)
* set or change password
* calibrate the tank
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|561x561px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to the phone</big>''']]
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|565x565px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply</big>''']]

* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones</big>''']]
* Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|688x688px|'''<big>Providing access to the C200M2 in the app</big>''']]
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|685x685px|'''<big>Error failed to connect device after requesting permission</big>''']]
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless|787x787px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type and level
# Current sensor level
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration (via mobile app)</big>''' ==
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|928x928px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|408x408px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|513x513px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired phone empty.png|frameless]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|759x759px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless|768x768px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:

* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Go to Settings

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|806x806px]]

Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wired mode settings mobile.png|frameless|801x801px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|798x798px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''

- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently interrogate the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote>

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|490x490px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|992x992px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|501x501px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|857x857px]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Tightening screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:Wired tank calibration mobile.png|frameless|924x924px]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')
[[File:Start tank calibration folder wired.png|none|thumb|722x722px|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.

Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').

In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.

The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|381x381px|<big>'''Editing a tank calibration line'''</big>]]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless|763x763px]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>

== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|466x466px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|426x426px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 tank calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required “Filtration” ('''1''') and click “Set parameters” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|813x813px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless|719x719px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless|728x728px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>

* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless|697x697px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''
[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless|673x673px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support..

= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS tracker</big>''' =

== '''<big>General instructions</big>''' ==
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|923x923px]]

Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.

To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).

'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''

Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.

== '''<big>Connection diagrams</big>''' ==
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS tracker and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram</big>''']]
[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Wiring diagram for Frequency output</big>''']]
[[File:Wired Analog mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Analog output wiring diagram</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''<big>The TD-150 sensor has analog mode always enabled; it does not need to be enabled in the configurator!</big>'''</blockquote>

== '''<big>Connection using a resistor</big>''' ==
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate</big>''']]

The sensors are supplied with 2 resistors. Each can be used in place of (but not in conjunction with) the supplied fuse.

'''The black resistor''' should be used if the sensor is powered by a '''12V''' power source. '''The red resistor''' should be used at higher voltages up to '''80V''' (up to '''40V''' to comply with the certificate of conformity).

The purpose of the resistor is to break the voltage supply line in case of overload and to prevent sparking in the hazardous area that could occur in this case.

[[File:Wired R with sensors.png|frameless|512x512px]]

To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.<blockquote>'''<big>NOT WITH THE FUSE, BUT INSTEAD OF THE FUSE</big>'''</blockquote>

= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==

You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-150</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|411x411px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|515x515px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]

Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current design sensor</big>''' ===
Also included with the sensor of the current design is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|432x432px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|435x435px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|555x555px]]

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the former design</big>''' ==
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =
'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=116383505004193584732&rtpof=true&sd=true Firmware update instructions]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/BVCs-LiWLVs There is also a video instructional guide]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 downloads section of our website]'''

= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =

== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|786x786px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|722x722px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the tracker via RS-485</big>''' ==
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the tracker, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the tracker via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the tracker as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''' ]]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|572x572px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|585x585px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|665x665px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]
If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the terminal, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your terminal's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =
[[File:Pinout TD-150.png|frameless|828x828px]]

= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft trackers have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the gps tracker without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qmU9DQCO4Fc Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/JJZl-EsrUoQ Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/rFzWX8E97Bg UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker tracker.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|632x632px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|586x586px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS tracker

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|651x651px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01...''', and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote control'' tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|649x649px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|648x648px]]

= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150.pdf?v=271022141709 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 Download materials]</big>'''

TD-150

2025-10-20T14:42:11Z

ROMAN: /* Basic terms and concepts */

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[RU:TD-150| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-150| Versión en español]]
[[File:TD-150.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design of TD-150</big>''']]
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The TD-150 meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150.pdf?v=271022141709 technical data sheet of the device.]

= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''.

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-150 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 (Passive and Active)'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-9V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''GPS tracker''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank[[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|787x787px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']][[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|874x874px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]

==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two_sensors_installed_diagonally.png|none|thumb|885x885px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]

'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

== '''<big>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</blockquote>
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|887x887px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|893x893px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]

'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|749x749px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|764x764px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|702x702px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 the configurator on a PC]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''<big>the configurator on a PC</big>'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://windowsreport.com/driver-signature-enforcement-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Escort%20driver%20C-200M2.zip?v=050623134319 drivers for the С200M2].

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|796x796px]]

After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').

[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|657x657px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:

[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|751x751px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor level
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)
# Current filtration type and degree
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|647x647px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''

[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|734x734px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel'''" slider ('''2''')
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|518x518px|'''<big>Centralizer</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|<big>'''Centralizer at the end of the tubes'''</big>]]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize (1)
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor
* Click '''"OK"'''

[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, CNT should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the Empty calibration value to the Full calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|655x655px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

[[File:Calibration values calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:

* From 1 to1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==

We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.

[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|733x733px]]

[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|669x669px]]

[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|667x667px]]

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal

Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wire mode settings.png|frameless|572x572px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.

- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote>

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').

[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|561x561px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|611x611px|'''<big>Before changing network address</big>''']]
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|614x614px|'''<big>After changing network address</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:

* Connect sensor
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No”''' ('''1'''). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.
* Create an Excel table. Save it in '''.csv''' format. The first row of the table should look like this:
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The '''Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the '''Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote>

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]] [[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|355x355px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|443x443px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|446x446px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|499x499px]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless|446x446px]]
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]
If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.

The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''
|-
|'''Tank volume'''
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''
|'''<big>5</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''
|'''<big>10</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''
|'''<big>20</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Over1000</big>'''
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''
|}
<blockquote><big>The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.</big></blockquote>You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|487x487px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|471x471px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|442x442px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''

[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|732x732px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|790x790px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|780x780px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|777x777px]]
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|781x781px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|776x776px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|768x768px]]
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:

* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''

By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:

* calibrate the sensor
* change filtering level
* change network address
* select the sensor operating mode
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)
* set or change password
* calibrate the tank
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|561x561px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to the phone</big>''']]
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|565x565px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply</big>''']]

* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones</big>''']]
* Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|688x688px|'''<big>Providing access to the C200M2 in the app</big>''']]
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|685x685px|'''<big>Error failed to connect device after requesting permission</big>''']]
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless|787x787px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type and level
# Current sensor level
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration (via mobile app)</big>''' ==
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|928x928px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|408x408px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|513x513px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired phone empty.png|frameless]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|759x759px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless|768x768px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:

* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal

Go to Settings

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|806x806px]]

Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wired mode settings mobile.png|frameless|801x801px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|798x798px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''

- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently interrogate the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote>

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|490x490px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|992x992px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|501x501px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|857x857px]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Tightening screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:Wired tank calibration mobile.png|frameless|924x924px]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')
[[File:Start tank calibration folder wired.png|none|thumb|722x722px|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.

Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').

In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.

The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|381x381px|<big>'''Editing a tank calibration line'''</big>]]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless|763x763px]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>

== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|466x466px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|426x426px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 tank calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required “Filtration” ('''1''') and click “Set parameters” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|813x813px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless|719x719px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless|728x728px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>

* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless|697x697px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''
[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless|673x673px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support..

= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS terminal</big>''' =

== '''<big>General instructions</big>''' ==
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|923x923px]]

Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.

To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).

'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''

Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.

== '''<big>Connection diagrams</big>''' ==
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS terminal and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram</big>''']]
[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Wiring diagram for Frequency output</big>''']]
[[File:Wired Analog mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Analog output wiring diagram</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''<big>The TD-150 sensor has analog mode always enabled; it does not need to be enabled in the configurator!</big>'''</blockquote>

== '''<big>Connection using a resistor</big>''' ==
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate</big>''']]

The sensors are supplied with 2 resistors. Each can be used in place of (but not in conjunction with) the supplied fuse.

'''The black resistor''' should be used if the sensor is powered by a '''12V''' power source. '''The red resistor''' should be used at higher voltages up to '''80V''' (up to '''40V''' to comply with the certificate of conformity).

The purpose of the resistor is to break the voltage supply line in case of overload and to prevent sparking in the hazardous area that could occur in this case.

[[File:Wired R with sensors.png|frameless|512x512px]]

To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.<blockquote>'''<big>NOT WITH THE FUSE, BUT INSTEAD OF THE FUSE</big>'''</blockquote>

= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==

You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-150</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|411x411px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|515x515px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]

Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current design sensor</big>''' ===
Also included with the sensor of the current design is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|432x432px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|435x435px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|555x555px]]

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the former design</big>''' ==
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =
'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=116383505004193584732&rtpof=true&sd=true Firmware update instructions]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/BVCs-LiWLVs There is also a video instructional guide]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 downloads section of our website]'''

= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =

== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|786x786px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|722x722px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the terminal via RS-485</big>''' ==
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the terminal, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the terminal via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the terminal as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''' ]]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|572x572px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|585x585px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|665x665px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]
If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the terminal, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your terminal's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =
[[File:Pinout TD-150.png|frameless|828x828px]]

= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft terminals have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the nav terminal without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qmU9DQCO4Fc Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/JJZl-EsrUoQ Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/rFzWX8E97Bg UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker terminal.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|632x632px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|586x586px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS terminal

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|651x651px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01...''', and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote control'' tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|649x649px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|648x648px]]

= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150.pdf?v=271022141709 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 Download materials]</big>'''

TD-150-BLE

2025-10-20T11:54:22Z

ROMAN: /* Alternative sealing of a current sample sensor */

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[RU:TD-150-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-150-BLE| Versión en español]]
[[File:TD-150 BLE.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design TD-150-BLE</big>''']]
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the '''Escort''' brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The '''TD-150-BLE''' meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

The TD-150-BLE is a wired FLS with bluetooth transmission and configuration capability. The sensor data is transmitted in the form of Bluetooth packets in '''Advertising''' '''mode'''; the frequency of data sending is every second. The frequency of fuel level sensor measurement is also every second.

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/escort-td-150-ble/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150_BLE.pdf?v=271022141800 technical data sheet of the device.]

= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150 BLE, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''. and over the '''Bluetooth interface''', the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TD_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[BA-BLE|База BA-BLE]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-150 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 (Passive and Active)'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200M2.pdf?v=150323104901 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-9V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''Navigation terminal''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank
* [[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|656x656px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']]
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.
* [[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|686x686px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]

==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|691x691px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]
Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.

'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

== '''<big>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''.</blockquote>
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|859x859px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|841x841px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|850x850px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]
To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|747x747px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|649x649px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a mobile application on Android</big>''' =

=== Geolocation ===
Start the configurator. Enable bluetooth, geolocation and also make sure that the application has access to Geolocation.

[[File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|frameless]] [[File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|frameless]]

== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the Escort Configurator app for [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 IOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android].

[[File:Connection TD 150 BLE.gif|frameless]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TD-150-BLE (TW)'''.

[[File:Sensor settings. Main page.png|frameless|842x842px]] [[File:TW-BLE connection page.png|frameless|842x842px]]

Find the '''required sensor (1)''' by typing the '''last 6 digits of its serial number'''. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the '''Connect (2) button'''. On an '''Android device''', you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in '''advertising mode (3)''' will be displayed.

[[File:Connection and advertising TD-150 BLE.png|frameless]]

Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.

[[File:TD 150 BLE main page.png|frameless]]

# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor
# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version '''(FW)''' installed in the sensor
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type
# The '''sensor's MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices
# Current level

== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''.

[[File:TD-150 BLE additional features.png|frameless|711x711px]]

Then on the tab that appears, in the password operation box, enter the '''password(1)''' to be used later and press '''Install(2)'''.

[[File:TD-150 BLE setting password .png|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
[[File:Calibration TD 150 BLE.gif|frameless]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:TD-150 BLE settings page.png|frameless]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:TD-150 BLE Full calibration.png|frameless]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|566x566px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click "'''Empty'''" ('''3''')
* The value "'''Empty'''" ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (2), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:TD-150 BLE Empty setting.png|frameless|805x805px]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|731x731px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration method is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch '''(1)''' active (green) and press '''"Calibrate" (2)''' . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:TD-150 BLE calibration without fuel.png|frameless|710x710px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

There are two measuring ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

Sensor does not sends level 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is level sent.

'''The sensor itself does not know what fuel will be used, so when calibrating without fuel the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''If possible, we recommend calibration with fuel. If tank calibration is not planned or is impossible, then calibration with fuel is a mandatory procedure.'''

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal

Go to settings page

[[File:TD-150 BLE settings page.png|frameless]]

Select the mode you need ('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:TD-150 BLE mode setting.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.

- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote>

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:TD-150 BLE range setting.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:TD-150 BLE network address mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==

Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|<big>'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''</big>
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tare menu in the application.

Suppose you need to tare a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:TD-150 BLE tank calibration mobile.png|frameless]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click Resume to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click Resume, you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the '''Main Menu button (1)''' or using the drop-down menu '''(2)'''. Select the table and click on it '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''
File:Folder search.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved '''(2)''' and click the button to select it '''(3)'''
[[File:Start tank calibration folder.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method '''(1, 2)'''. The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not

Next, give the table file a name '''(3)''' and set the serving size '''(4)'''.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, press Continue '''(5)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first line will have 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes '''(3)''' and is displayed as Stable '''(4)''', press the + button '''(1)'''.

In this example, level '''(3)''' does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be '''Stable''' before you press the '''+''' button.

The following line '''(2)''' will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size '''(5)''' you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it '''(3)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|403x403px|'''<big>Editing a tank calibration line</big>''']]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless|732x732px]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the + button '''(1)'''. Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>

== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|465x465px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains unchanged.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration”''' ('''1''') and click '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''')

[[File:TD-150 BLE filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary objects or tanks</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles traveling on smooth paved roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy quarry machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|756x756px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu
[[File:TD-150 BLE additional features.png|frameless|870x870px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
[[File:TD-150 BLE password set and install.jpg|frameless|876x876px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>

* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu
[[File:TD-150 BLE additional features.png|frameless|875x875px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''
[[File:TD-150 BLE password set menu.jpg|frameless|872x872px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via the configurator on a PC</big>''' =

== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''<big>the configurator on a PC</big>'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|701x701px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|693x693px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]
'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://remontka.pro/disable-drivers-signature-check-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%94%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%B2%D0%B5%D1%80%20%D0%B4%D0%BB%D1%8F%20C-200M2.zip?v=150323104902 drivers for the С200M2].

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|720x720px]]

After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').

[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|722x722px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:

[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|708x708px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor level
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)
# Current filtration type and degree
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|663x663px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''

[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|660x660px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''2''')
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|516x516px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centralizer at the end of the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''1''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor
* Click '''"OK"'''

[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|568x568px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

[[File:Calibration values calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==

We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.

[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|678x678px]]

[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|624x624px]]

[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|623x623px]]

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal

Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wire mode settings.png|frameless|575x575px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.

- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote>

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').

[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|584x584px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|635x635px|'''<big>Before changing network address</big>''']]
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|636x636px|'''<big>After changing network address</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tare menu in the application.

Suppose you need to tare a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:

* Connect sensor
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No” (1)'''. Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.
* Create an Excel table. Save it in .csv format. The first row of the table should look like this:
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. '''The Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select '''the Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote>

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]][[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|413x413px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|429x429px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|512x512px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|500x500px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|470x470px]] [[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless]]

If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.

The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]
The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table below for our recommendations.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Tank volume</big>'''
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''
|'''<big>5</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''
|'''<big>10</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''
|'''<big>20</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Over1000</big>'''
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''
|}
<blockquote><big>The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.</big></blockquote>You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|485x485px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''

[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|680x680px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|777x777px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|601x601px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|607x607px]]
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|602x602px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|592x592px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|590x590px]]
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|587x587px]]

Attention! By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS terminal</big>''' =

== General instructions ==
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|938x938px]]

Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.

To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).

'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''

Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.

=== '''<big>BLE connection</big>''' ===
The TD-150-BLE sensor also has the option to connect to a tracker or [[BA-BLE]] base via bluetooth with a data transmission rate of every second.

'''<big>[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]</big>'''

== Connection diagrams ==
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS terminal and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram</big>''']]
[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Wiring diagram for Frequency output</big>''']]
[[File:Wired Analog mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Analog output wiring diagram</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''<big>The TD-150 sensor has analog mode always enabled; it does not need to be enabled in the configurator!</big>'''</blockquote>

== '''<big>Connection using a resistor</big>''' ==
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate</big>''']]
The sensors are supplied with 2 resistors. Each can be used in place of (but not in conjunction with) the supplied fuse.

'''The black resistor''' should be used if the sensor is powered by a '''12V''' power source. '''The red resistor''' should be used at higher voltages up to '''80V''' (up to '''40V''' to comply with the certificate of conformity).

The purpose of the resistor is to break the voltage supply line in case of overload and to prevent sparking in the hazardous area that could occur in this case.

[[File:Wired R with sensors.png|frameless|512x512px]]

To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.<blockquote>'''<big>NOT WITH THE FUSE, BUT INSTEAD OF THE FUSE</big>'''</blockquote>

= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==

You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-150</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|488x488px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|474x474px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current design sensor</big>''' ===
Also included with the sensor of the current design is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.
* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|512x512px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|511x511px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|655x655px]]

== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|477x477px]]

= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =
'''[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1QSV6y3iBXCMrMlRcXiNggKAV9AbVWAwD/view?usp=drive_link There is also a video instructional guide]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#TD150BLE downloads section of our website]'''

= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =

== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the '''Settings''' menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port (1)(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A (2)(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press win+r and enter devmgmt.msc and press OK (3) and then expand the com ports submenu (4)"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|748x748px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|747x747px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the terminal via RS-485</big>''' ==
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the terminal, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the terminal via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the terminal as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|651x651px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''']]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|662x662px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|644x644px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|650x650px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]
If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the terminal, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your terminal's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =
[[File:Pinout TD-150.png|frameless|797x797px]]

= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft terminals have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the nav terminal without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://youtu.be/n_HxgImFvPs Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/npxXyVOtfh0 Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p6JkD-AuSHk UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker terminal.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|610x610px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|594x594px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS terminal

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|650x650px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with 3E01..., and paste it into the input/output field in the Remote control tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|630x630px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|632x632px]]

= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/escort-td-150-ble/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150_BLE.pdf?v=271022141800 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/escort-td-150-ble/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#TD150BLE Download materials]</big>'''
* '''<big>[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]</big>'''

TD-600

2025-10-20T11:53:47Z

ROMAN: /* Alternative sealing of a current sample sensor */

[[RU:ТД-600| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-600| Versión en español]]

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[File:TD-600.png|thumb|223x223px|'''<big>Current design of TD-150</big>''']]
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The '''TD-600''' meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-600.pdf?v=101024180549 technical data sheet of the device]

= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-600, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces'''.

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-600 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 Passive via LLS protocol'''
* '''RS-485 Active via LLS protocol'''
* '''RS-232''' '''Passive via LLS protocol'''
* '''RS-232''' '''Active via LLS and ASCII'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units). On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''RS-232''' - digital data transmission mode. It works according to '''LLS and ASCII''' protocol, if there is a '''LLS''' request the sensor responds according to '''LLS''' protocol if there is no request the sensor actively outputs data in ASCII format. On the basis of '''CNT''' the value in conventional units of the selected range is formed (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units). On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-5V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''Impulse''''' - mode, in which a 27 Hz pulse train is formed on the basis of CNT. The number of pulses in the pack corresponds to the measured fuel level. The minimum level corresponds to a pack of 2 pulses, the maximum - to a pack of 1025 pulses.

'''''Navigation terminal''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank
* [[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|712x712px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']]

* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole using a bimetallic bit'''; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.[[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']]
* [[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|749x749px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|625x625px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|596x596px]]

==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|795x795px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

== '''<big>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]
== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</blockquote>
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|780x780px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|772x772px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|753x753px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]
Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|750x750px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|459x459px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator%20for%20WinXP.zip?v=300721140058 the configurator on a PC]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
The sensor can be configured using the '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator%20for%20WinXP.zip?v=300721140058 configurator on PC] version 2.7.1</big>''' (hereinafter referred to as “'''configurator'''”).

If you get an error when running configurator 2.7.1, you need to install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/other/Component_registration.zip?v=270519154439 additional Microsoft libraries.]

After starting the installation of components, you must wait for the message that the installation is complete, this may take a long time on some computers.

[[File:Runtimepack installation.png|frameless]]

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|759x759px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|758x758px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to disable the electronic signature of drivers and manually install drivers for the С200M2.

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|830x830px]]

After connecting the inverter, the sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers with checking the com port number of the inverter it is necessary to open the configurator, select the necessary com port which we could find out in the device manager(1) and press the button '''Open port'''(2).

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator.jpg|frameless|823x823px]]

After opening the port, connect the sensor to the transmitter and click '''Search for sensors'''

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Connection.jpg|frameless|818x818px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor, you should see this menu:

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator data.jpg|frameless|800x800px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Current value “Empty”
# Current value “Full”
# Network address of the sensor being polled (This address is used for RS-485 and RS-232 mode connections)
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# Current sensor level
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor operating mode
# Additional sensor settings such as: Master mode, range (1024 il 4096), angle transmission redim.
# Current degree of filtration

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
[[File:TD-600 calibration PC example.gif|frameless|600x600px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes - you must perform a sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by covering the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes by turning the sensor upside down or immersing the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for CNT level to stabilize (1)
* Click “'''Set Current level'''” (2) opposite “Full”
* The value “'''Full'''”(3) should change to a value close to the current CNT value (1), but not equal to it, because this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Level .jpg|frameless|798x798px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|517x517px|'''<big>Centralizer</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centralizer at the end of the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''1''')
* Click “'''Set Current level'''” (2) opposite “Empty”
* The value "'''Empty'''" (3) should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (1), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:2.7.1 configurator Full.jpg|frameless|872x872px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, CNT should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the Empty calibration value to the Full calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|759x759px]]

== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==
We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the calibration values Full and Empty of the previously calibrated sensor into the corresponding fields in the configurator and click “Set” against “Empty” and “Full”

[[File:2.7.1 Manual set .jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
Under '''Modes''' (1), you can switch between the sensor's operating modes. The mode name is the same as the interface used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal.

Check the desired mode and press '''Set''' (2).

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator mode set.jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''. On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

- '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the terminal (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''

- '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the terminal.

- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently interrogate the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.

'''- R232 mode''' should be used if the terminal has an RS-232connection interface(input Rx and Tx); On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

In this mode, the sensor waits for a request from the terminal via the LLS protocol, e.g:
* '''3101066C''' is a request for information about the fuel level and temperature of the sensor with network number 1 (Sensor ID in RS-232 mode);
* '''3E0106110100010030''' sensor response to the above request; 11 – temperature in HEX (17°C), 01 00 – level 00 01 HEX (reverse byte order, 1501 is 0115 converts to 276); the rest of the bytes are not informative, except for the last one, which is the checksum CRC-8 MAXIM;
* If the sensor does not receive such requests within 10 sec, it starts sending its readings in ASCII format, for example '''F=С0F2 t=11 N=0001.0 <CR><LF>''') F is CNT, t is temperature, N is level, all in HEX.

[[File:TD-600 data examples.jpg|frameless|919x919px]]

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, RS-232, Active RS-485 or Frequency modes, you can select a range of 1-1023 or 1-4095 (1) . In frequency mode, the range will be 300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz.

After changing the range, press “'''Set'''” (2).

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator range set.jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

The range 1-1023 is most often used for sensors that are shorter than 1 meter. However, if it is a stationary tank with a small height, while the length and width are greater than 2-3 meters, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range of 0-255, click “'''Change Network Address'''” (1), enter the new address (2), click “'''OK'''”(3), then you need to “'''Search for Sensors'''”(4), to connect to the sensor with the new address.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Network address changes.jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

== '''<big>Additional options</big>''' ==

=== Master mode ===
The TD-600 sensor also has an additional master mode in which the TD-600 polls up to 7 connected sensors (slaves) via RS-485 using the LLS protocol and transmits its and their data in ASCII format in the active mode via RS-232

Example of information output by a sensor with 2 connected slaves:

'''t_0=11;N_0=0001.0;t_1=15;N_1=02D8.0;t_2=FFFFFFBF;N_2=0025.0'''

where t_* is temperature in HEX

11 is 17°C, 15 is 21°C, '''FFFFFFBF''' is a negative value, the first 6 digits can be ignored BF is 191 so the value is -65°C via the following formula x-256.

N_* is level in HEX

0001 is 1, 02D8 is 728, 0025 is 37

The digit after the number means the slave number, 0 is the data of TD-600 itself, 1-7 are the slave numbers.

To enable the master mode, check the '''Master mode''' checkbox and click '''Set mode'''.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator master mode.jpg|frameless|449x449px]]

To set up connection between TD-600 Master and slave sensors, check '''S1 ... S7 lines''' and enter network addresses of each slave sensor in the '''Net_Num''' field. Set an individual network address for each slave sensor in the settings of both the master and the slave itself and then click '''Set'''.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator master sensors.jpg|frameless|765x765px]]

=== '''<big>Angle measurement</big>''' ===
Sometimes monitoring platforms may detect false drains and refueling while the vehicle is moving.

To solve this problem, you can use readings of the accelerometer built into the TD-600 sensor.

For this purpose, select RS-485 only (this function will not work in Periodic RS-485 mode or in any other mode) The main network address of the sensor must be different from 255.

Check the ''''Angle'''<nowiki/>' box (1) in the '''Modes''' section of the configurator. Then, click '''Set''' (2) first and then '''Search for sensors'''.

In this mode the tilt angle will be transmitted to the next from the main address of the sensor.

Press '''Horizon''' (3) to calibrate the tilt zero.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator angle settings.jpg|frameless|816x816px]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:
* Connect sensor Make sure that the filtration is set to “No” (1). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time. Create an Excel table. Save it in .csv format. The first row of the table should look like this:[[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless|393x393px]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The Filling method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

<blockquote>ATTENTION! Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote>

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]][[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|356x356px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|512x512px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|500x500px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless]]

If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]

The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Tank volume</big>'''
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''
|'''<big>5</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''
|'''<big>10</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''
|'''<big>20</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Over 1000</big>'''
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''
|}
The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.

You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains unchanged.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|461x461px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains unchanged.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
Once the tank calibration is complete, select the desired filtration degree (1) and press “Set mode” (2)

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Filtration.jpg|frameless|775x775px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|807x807px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Click on the “Set Password” button(1), in the menu that opens you can enter a password consisting of numbers(2) and click “OK”(3) '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0'''.
* [[File:2.7.1 Configurator password.jpg|frameless|868x868px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To remove the password on the sensor

* Enter the password in the “'''Enter Password'''” menu
* Click set password and enter password 0

'''Attention!''' No password is set on the sensor by default! If you have connected a sensor and a password has already been set on the sensor, please contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:

* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''

By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:

* calibrate the sensor
* change filtering level
* change network address
* select the sensor operating mode
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)
* set or change password
* calibrate the tank
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|500x500px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to the phone</big>''']]
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|498x498px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply</big>''']]
* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones</big>''']]
* Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Providing access to the C200M2 in the app</big>''']]
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|'''<big>Error failed to connect device after requesting permission</big>''']]
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type and level
# Current sensor level
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|688x688px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|456x456px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|546x546px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Mobile configurator Empty set.jpg|frameless]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|726x726px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal

Go to Settings

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]

Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:TD-600 mobile mode.jpg|frameless]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''. On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

- '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the terminal (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''

- '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the terminal.

- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently interrogate the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.

'''- R232 mode''' should be used if the terminal has an RS-232connection interface(input Rx and Tx); On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

In this mode, the sensor waits for a request from the terminal via the LLS protocol, e.g:

* '''3101066C''' is a request for information about the fuel level and temperature of the sensor with network number 1 (Sensor ID in RS-232 mode);
* '''3E0106110100010030''' sensor response to the above request; 11 – temperature in HEX (17°C), 01 00 – level 00 01 HEX (reverse byte order, 1501 is 0115 converts to 276); the rest of the bytes are not informative, except for the last one, which is the checksum CRC-8 MAXIM;
* If the sensor does not receive such requests within 10 sec, it starts sending its readings in '''ASCII''' format, for example '''F=С0F2 t=11 N=0001.0 <CR><LF>''') F is CNT, t is temperature, N is level, all in HEX.

[[File:TD-600 data examples.jpg|frameless|919x919px]]

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|413x413px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|845x845px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|488x488px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|845x845px]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==

=== Master mode ===
The TD-600 sensor also has an additional master mode in which the TD-600 polls up to 7 connected sensors (slaves) via RS-485 using the LLS protocol and transmits its and their data in ASCII format in the active mode via RS-232

Example of information output by a sensor with 2 connected slaves:

'''t_0=11;N_0=0001.0;t_1=15;N_1=02D8.0;t_2=FFFFFFBF;N_2=0025.0'''

where t_* is temperature in HEX

11 is 17°C, 15 is 21°C, '''FFFFFFBF''' is a negative value, the first 6 digits can be ignored BF is 191 so the value is -65°C via the following formula x-256.

N_* is level in HEX

0001 is 1, 02D8 is 728, 0025 is 37

The digit after the number means the slave number, 0 is the data of TD-600 itself, 1-7 are the slave numbers.

To activate the wizard mode, go to the “'''Master Mode'''” menu

[[File:TD-600 master mode mobile.jpg|frameless]]

Check “'''Master Mode'''” and enable the required number of slaves and specify their addresses, they must be different from each other and from the sensor address. And then click “'''Set'''”

[[File:TD-600 master settings mobile.jpg|frameless]]

=== '''<big>Angle measurement</big>''' ===
Sometimes monitoring platforms may detect false drains and refueling while the vehicle is moving.

To solve this problem, you can use readings of the accelerometer built into the TD-600 sensor.

For this purpose, select '''RS-485 only (this function will not work in Periodic RS-485 mode or in any other mode)''' The main network address of the sensor must be different from 255.

In this mode the tilt angle will be transmitted to the next from the main address of the sensor.

To enable tilt angle transmission, go to “'''Additional features'''”

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

Enable the switch '''"Transmit angle"'''

To calibrate the tilt zero, you must press “'''Set 0'''”

[[File:TD-600 angle set mobile.jpg|frameless]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Tightening screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:TD-600 tank calibration mobile.jpg|frameless]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')
[[File:Start tank calibration folder wired.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.

Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').

In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.

The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|483x483px|'''<big>Editing a tank calibration line</big>''']]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>

== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|462x462px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|415x415px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 tank calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration”''' ('''1''') and click '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''')

[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|766x766px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''

[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS terminal</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection diagrams</big>''' ==
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS terminal and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.

[[File:TD-600 RS-485.png|frameless|512x512px]]

[[File:TD-600 RS-232.png|frameless|501x501px]]

[[File:TD-600 Frequency.png|frameless|512x512px]]

[[File:TD-600 analog.png|frameless|512x512px]]

= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==

You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-150</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|451x451px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|461x461px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current design sensor</big>''' ===
Also included with the sensor of the current design is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|457x457px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|460x460px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless]]

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the former design</big>''' ==
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =
'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=116383505004193584732&rtpof=true&sd=true Firmware update instructions]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td600 downloads section of our website]'''

= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =

== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the '''Settings''' menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port (1)(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A (2)(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press win+r and enter devmgmt.msc and press OK (3) and then expand the com ports submenu (4)"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|691x691px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|697x697px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the terminal via RS-485</big>''' ==
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the terminal, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the terminal via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the terminal as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|585x585px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''']]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|529x529px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|528x528px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|595x595px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]
If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the terminal, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your terminal's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =
[[File:Pinout TD-600.jpg|frameless|834x834px]]

= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft terminals have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the nav terminal without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qmU9DQCO4Fc Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/JJZl-EsrUoQ Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/rFzWX8E97Bg UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker terminal.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|632x632px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|586x586px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS terminal

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|651x651px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01...''', and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote control'' tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|649x649px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|648x648px]]

= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-600.pdf?v=101024180549 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td600 Download materials]</big>'''

TD-500

2025-10-20T11:52:09Z

ROMAN: /* Alternative sealing of a current sample sensor */

[[RU:ТД-500| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-500| Versión en español]]

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[File:TD-500 design current.png|thumb|239x239px|'''<big>Current design of TD-500</big>''']]
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The TD-500 meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-500/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-500.pdf?v=070224170633 technical data sheet of the device.]

= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''. The TD-500 sensor also supports '''MODBUS''' protocol, [[MODBUS TD-500|description]].

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-500 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 Passive via LLS and MODBUS protocol'''
* '''RS-485 Active via LLS protocol'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''
* '''Impulse'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''RS-485''' '''Passive'''- digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the '''LLS''' and '''MODBUS''' protocols. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-5V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''Impulse''''' - mode, in which a 27 Hz pulse train is formed on the basis of CNT. The number of pulses in the pack corresponds to the measured fuel level. The minimum level corresponds to a pack of 2 pulses, the maximum - to a pack of 1025 pulses.

'''''Navigation terminal''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank
* [[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|766x766px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank''' '''and''' '''drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']]
* [[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']]
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm''' hole using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.
* [[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://youtu.be/3psA2ACmw7w?si=zQ7n_N6h0HseNdfF Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|803x803px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]

==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|821x821px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

== '''<big>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</blockquote>
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|862x862px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|860x860px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|622x622px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|745x745px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z0HSGDMR3rQ Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|635x635px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 the configurator on a PC]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''<big>the configurator on a PC</big>'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|742x742px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|747x747px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://windowsreport.com/driver-signature-enforcement-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Escort%20driver%20C-200M2.zip?v=050623134319 drivers for the С200M2].

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|798x798px]]

After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').

[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|661x661px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:

[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|685x685px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor level
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)
# Current filtration type and degree
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|636x636px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''

[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|634x634px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''2''')
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|344x344px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|509x509px|'''<big>Centralizer</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centralizer at the end of the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''1''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (1), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor
* Click "'''OK"'''

[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|585x585px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]
[[File:Calibration_values_calibration_without_fuel_PC.png|none|thumb|366x366px|'''<big>Calibration values after calibration without fuel</big>''']]
If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==

We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.

[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|632x632px]]

[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|644x644px]]

[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|644x644px]]

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal

Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')

[[File:TD-500 modes.png|frameless|697x697px]]

*'''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol''' or '''MODBUS protocol ([[MODBUS ТД-500|description]])'''
* '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.
* '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
* '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the terminal.
* '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the terminal (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').

[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|643x643px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|625x625px|'''<big>Before changing network address</big>''']]
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|614x614px|'''<big>After changing network address</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:

* Connect sensor
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No”''' ('''1'''). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.
* Create an Excel table. Save it in .csv format. The first row of the table should look like this:
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless|419x419px]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The '''Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the '''Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote>

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]][[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|432x432px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|512x512px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|500x500px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|472x472px]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless]]

If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.
[[File:Tank calibration table in .csv format.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]
The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Tank volume</big>'''
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''
|'''<big>5</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''
|'''<big>10</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''
|'''<big>20</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Over 1000</big>'''
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''
|}
The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.

You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|460x460px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''

[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|688x688px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|796x796px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|612x612px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|611x611px]]
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|612x612px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|722x722px]]
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:

* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''

By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:

* calibrate the sensor
* change filtering level
* change network address
* select the sensor operating mode
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)
* set or change password
* calibrate the tank
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|574x574px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to the phone</big>''']]
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|566x566px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply</big>''']]
* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones</big>''']]Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Providing access to the C200M2 in the app</big>''']]
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|'''<big>Error failed to connect device after requesting permission</big>''']]
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type and level
# Current sensor level
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the "'''Calibration without fuel'''" slider ('''1''')
* Press "'''Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value "'''Full'''" ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (2), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|463x463px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|531x531px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click "'''Empty'''" ('''3''')
* The value "'''Empty'''" ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired phone empty.png|frameless|381x381px]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|670x670px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the "'''Calibrate without fue'''l" switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press "'''Calibrate'''" ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal

Go to Settings

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]

Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wired mode settings mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

* '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol and MODBUS protocol'''. '''([[MODBUS ТД-500|description]])'''
* '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''
* '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently interrogate the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
* '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the terminal.
* '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the terminal (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|450x450px]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless|586x586px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|514x514px]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless|569x569px]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Tightening screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:Wired tank calibration mobile.png|frameless]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')
[[File:Start tank calibration folder.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.

Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').

In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.

The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|386x386px|'''<big>Editing a tank calibration line</big>''']]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>

== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required “'''Filtration'''” ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|654x654px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>

* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click “'''Remove'''”

[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS terminal</big>''' =

== General instructions ==
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|940x940px]]

Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.

To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).

'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''

Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.

== Connection diagrams ==
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS terminal and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram</big>''']]
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate</big>''']]
To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.<blockquote>'''<big>NOT WITH THE FUSE, BUT INSTEAD OF THE FUSE</big>'''</blockquote>
[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Wiring diagram for Frequency output</big>''']]

= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==

You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-500</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|460x460px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|533x533px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current design sensor</big>''' ===
Also included with the sensor of the current design is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|511x511px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|517x517px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|664x664px]]

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the former design</big>''' ==
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =
[https://docs.google.com/document/d/1KZYZBx8zbcA7TRlT8QX4W5yt2mHhz334fVjsXdTpS4c/edit]'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit Firmware update instructions]''' for sensors with serial number higher than 254483

'''[https://youtu.be/BVCs-LiWLVs There is also a video instructional guide]''' for sensors with serial number higher than 254483

'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/1KZYZBx8zbcA7TRlT8QX4W5yt2mHhz334fVjsXdTpS4c/edit Firmware update instructions]''' for sensors with serial number higher below 254483

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td500 downloads section of our website]'''

= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =

== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|853x853px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|684x684px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the terminal via RS-485</big>''' ==
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the terminal, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the terminal via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the terminal as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|579x579px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''']]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|555x555px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|550x550px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|544x544px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]
If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the terminal, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your terminal's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/12cmqjmKU7KKg6ms8wnTsv6Ttb1gohf8b/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =
[[File:TD-500 wiring.png|frameless|704x704px]]

= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft terminals have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the nav terminal without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://youtu.be/n_HxgImFvPs Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/npxXyVOtfh0 Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p6JkD-AuSHk UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker terminal.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|714x714px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|674x674px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS terminal

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|700x700px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01'''..., and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote'' ''control'' tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|717x717px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|718x718px]]

= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-500/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-500.pdf?v=070224170633 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/Jeskort-td-500/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td500 Download materials]</big>'''

TD-150

2025-10-20T11:49:41Z

ROMAN: /* Alternative sealing of a current sample sensor */

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[RU:TD-150| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-150| Versión en español]]
[[File:TD-150.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design of TD-150</big>''']]
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The TD-150 meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150.pdf?v=271022141709 technical data sheet of the device.]

= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''.

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-150 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 (Passive and Active)'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-9V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''Navigation terminal''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank[[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|787x787px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']][[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|874x874px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]

==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two_sensors_installed_diagonally.png|none|thumb|885x885px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]

'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

== '''<big>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</blockquote>
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|887x887px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|893x893px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]

'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|749x749px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|764x764px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|702x702px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 the configurator on a PC]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''<big>the configurator on a PC</big>'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://windowsreport.com/driver-signature-enforcement-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Escort%20driver%20C-200M2.zip?v=050623134319 drivers for the С200M2].

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|796x796px]]

After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').

[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|657x657px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:

[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|751x751px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor level
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)
# Current filtration type and degree
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|647x647px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''

[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|734x734px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel'''" slider ('''2''')
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|518x518px|'''<big>Centralizer</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|<big>'''Centralizer at the end of the tubes'''</big>]]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize (1)
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor
* Click '''"OK"'''

[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, CNT should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the Empty calibration value to the Full calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|655x655px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

[[File:Calibration values calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:

* From 1 to1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==

We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.

[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|733x733px]]

[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|669x669px]]

[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|667x667px]]

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal

Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wire mode settings.png|frameless|572x572px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.

- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote>

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').

[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|561x561px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|611x611px|'''<big>Before changing network address</big>''']]
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|614x614px|'''<big>After changing network address</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:

* Connect sensor
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No”''' ('''1'''). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.
* Create an Excel table. Save it in '''.csv''' format. The first row of the table should look like this:
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The '''Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the '''Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote>

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]] [[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|355x355px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|443x443px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|446x446px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|499x499px]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless|446x446px]]
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]
If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.

The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''
|-
|'''Tank volume'''
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''
|'''<big>5</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''
|'''<big>10</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''
|'''<big>20</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Over1000</big>'''
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''
|}
<blockquote><big>The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.</big></blockquote>You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|487x487px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|471x471px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|442x442px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''

[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|732x732px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|790x790px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|780x780px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|777x777px]]
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|781x781px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|776x776px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|768x768px]]
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:

* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''

By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:

* calibrate the sensor
* change filtering level
* change network address
* select the sensor operating mode
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)
* set or change password
* calibrate the tank
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|561x561px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to the phone</big>''']]
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|565x565px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply</big>''']]

* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones</big>''']]
* Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|688x688px|'''<big>Providing access to the C200M2 in the app</big>''']]
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|685x685px|'''<big>Error failed to connect device after requesting permission</big>''']]
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless|787x787px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type and level
# Current sensor level
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration (via mobile app)</big>''' ==
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|928x928px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|408x408px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|513x513px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired phone empty.png|frameless]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|759x759px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless|768x768px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:

* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal

Go to Settings

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|806x806px]]

Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wired mode settings mobile.png|frameless|801x801px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|798x798px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''

- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently interrogate the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote>

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|490x490px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|992x992px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|501x501px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|857x857px]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Tightening screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:Wired tank calibration mobile.png|frameless|924x924px]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')
[[File:Start tank calibration folder wired.png|none|thumb|722x722px|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.

Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').

In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.

The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|381x381px|<big>'''Editing a tank calibration line'''</big>]]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless|763x763px]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>

== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|466x466px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|426x426px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 tank calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required “Filtration” ('''1''') and click “Set parameters” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|813x813px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless|719x719px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless|728x728px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>

* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless|697x697px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''
[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless|673x673px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support..

= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS terminal</big>''' =

== '''<big>General instructions</big>''' ==
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|923x923px]]

Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.

To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).

'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''

Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.

== '''<big>Connection diagrams</big>''' ==
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS terminal and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram</big>''']]
[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Wiring diagram for Frequency output</big>''']]
[[File:Wired Analog mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Analog output wiring diagram</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''<big>The TD-150 sensor has analog mode always enabled; it does not need to be enabled in the configurator!</big>'''</blockquote>

== '''<big>Connection using a resistor</big>''' ==
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate</big>''']]

The sensors are supplied with 2 resistors. Each can be used in place of (but not in conjunction with) the supplied fuse.

'''The black resistor''' should be used if the sensor is powered by a '''12V''' power source. '''The red resistor''' should be used at higher voltages up to '''80V''' (up to '''40V''' to comply with the certificate of conformity).

The purpose of the resistor is to break the voltage supply line in case of overload and to prevent sparking in the hazardous area that could occur in this case.

[[File:Wired R with sensors.png|frameless|512x512px]]

To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.<blockquote>'''<big>NOT WITH THE FUSE, BUT INSTEAD OF THE FUSE</big>'''</blockquote>

= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==

You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-150</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|411x411px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|515x515px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]

Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current design sensor</big>''' ===
Also included with the sensor of the current design is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|432x432px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|435x435px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|555x555px]]

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the former design</big>''' ==
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =
'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=116383505004193584732&rtpof=true&sd=true Firmware update instructions]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/BVCs-LiWLVs There is also a video instructional guide]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 downloads section of our website]'''

= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =

== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|786x786px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|722x722px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the terminal via RS-485</big>''' ==
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the terminal, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the terminal via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the terminal as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''' ]]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|572x572px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|585x585px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|665x665px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]
If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the terminal, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your terminal's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =
[[File:Pinout TD-150.png|frameless|828x828px]]

= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft terminals have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the nav terminal without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qmU9DQCO4Fc Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/JJZl-EsrUoQ Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/rFzWX8E97Bg UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker terminal.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|632x632px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|586x586px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS terminal

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|651x651px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01...''', and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote control'' tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|649x649px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|648x648px]]

= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150.pdf?v=271022141709 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 Download materials]</big>'''

I5

2025-10-14T08:26:04Z

ROMAN:

[[RU:И-5| Русская версия]]
[[es:Indicador_I5| Versión en español]]
[[File:Image.png|thumb|Indicator i-5]]

=<big>'''General information'''</big>=

== <big>'''Device use'''</big> ==

'''Escort i-5 Indicator''' (hereinafter - ‘Escort i-5’, ‘i-5’, ‘Indicator’, ‘Device’) is designed to connect the wireless devices manufactured by Escort Monitoring Systems Group (hereinafter - '''‘Escort Group’''') with GPS trackers/gateways and other compatible devices, to collect the data of the wireless and wired devices by Escort Group and display it on its five seven-segment displays.

The wireless Escort BLE sensors can be paired with the '''i-5''' via '''Bluetooth Low Energy'''. The sensors’ readings (such as fuel level, temperature, humidity, angle readings, etc.) are transmitted via the '''Bluetooth Low Energy''' interface and in accordance with the Escort BLE data communication protocol

'''Escort i-5''' can poll (send data requests) external devices via the RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS data communication protocol in case there are no other devices that poll the devices connected to the same RS-485 or RS-232 network. In other cases the Indicator can be configured to ‘listen’ the communication between a polling device and polled devices (such as wired sensors).

'''Escort i-5''' can transmit the data it receives from Escort BLE sensors via Bluetooth Low Energy interface to an external device once polled via the RS-485 or RS-232 interface. In 2...5 ms upon receiving a request from such external device, the i-5 transmits the data previously transmitted to it by Escort BLE sensors in accordance with the LLS data communication protocol. Escort i-5 can respond to the requests sent only to the RS-485 and RS-232 network addresses saved in its memory.

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/digital-display/eskort-i5/Datasheet%20-%20Digital%20Indicator%20Escort%20I%205.pdf?v=031122130347 technical data sheet of the device.]

== <big>'''Datasheet'''</big> ==

The main technical specs are stated in the Table 1 below:

'''Table 1. Escort i-5 Technical specs'''
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Spec'''
|'''Value'''
|-
|Power supply voltage, V
|9 ... 36
|-
|Power consumption, not more than (mA)
|150
|-
|Wired communication interfaces (for connection with GPS trackers/gateways and wired sensors)

Data exchange protocol(s)

Data exchange baud rate
|RS-485, RS-232

LLS

19200 bps
|-
|Wireless sensor/mobile device communication interface(s)

Wireless sensor and mobile device communication protocol(s)
|Bluetooth LE (BLE)

Escort BLE

ESCORT.i-5
|-
|Bluetooth Standard
|Bluetooth Low Energy 5 LR

coded PHY (central)

Bluetooth Low Energy 4

(connection, advertising)
|-
|Receiver sensitivity / transmitter power, dBm
|<nowiki>-96 / 8</nowiki>
|}
'''Table 1 continuation'''
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Spec'''
|'''Value'''
|-
|Bluetooth operating frequencies, GHz
|2,402-2,480
|-
|Max sensors:
|10
|-
|Max LLS network addresses
|40
|-
|Max number of lines per tank calibration table
|50
|-
|Max fuel/liquid level, in any measurement units
|99999
|-
|Ingress protection marking in accordance with ГОСТ (State Standard) 14254
|IP65
|-
|Electric shock resistance rating in accordance with ГОСТ (State Standard) 12.2.007.0
|класс III
|-
|Operating conditions:
- min and max ambient temperature, °С;

- extreme min and max ambient temperature, °С;

- atmosphere pressure, GPa

|- from -40 °С to 50 °С

from -45 °С to 55 °С

from 840 to 1067
|-
|Dimensions, not more than, mm
|400 x 70,5 x 22,2
|-
|Weight, not more than, kg
|0,3
|}
== <big>'''Escort i-5 design'''</big> ==
[[File:Q.png|center|frameless|630x630px]]

== <big>'''Scope of delivery'''</big> ==
'''The scope of delivery is indicated in the Table 2. '''

Table 2. The kit contents:
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Device designation:'''
|'''Qty'''
|'''Ser.№'''
|'''Note'''
|-
|Digital indicator Escort i-5 User Manual ТЕМГ.468389.001
|1
|
|
|-
|Digital indicator Escort i-5 Datasheet. 468389.001 ПС
|1
|
|To be specified while ordering
|-
|Installation kit ТЕМГ.416931.011:
|1
|
|
|-
|Packaging ТЕМГ.465966.001
|1
|
|
|}

== <big>'''Packaging'''</big> ==

The Indicator i-5 along with its passport and installation kit is packaged in a semi-rigid (corrugated board) box. The installation kit is packaged in ZIP-bags.
[[File:Qw.png|center|frameless|649x649px]]

= <big>'''HOW TO USE'''</big>=
= '''Use guidelines'''</big> =
1. The Indicator Escort i-5 must be operated in accordance with the following documents:
Digital indicator Escort i-5 User Manual ТEМГ.468389.001 РЭ
Digital indicator Escort i-5 Datasheet ТEМГ.468389.001 ПС

2. The company or an individual that has purchased the Digital indicator Escort i-5 must ensure that the device is stored, installed and operated in accordance with the requirements stated in the Datasheet and User Manual of the Device.

3. The Device must be installed and operated only by the authorized staff who have read the Datasheet and User Manual.

4. After transporting the Device at negative temperatures exceeding the operating temperature range and before unpacking the Device, it needs to stay inactive in an environment with normal operating temperatures (20 ± 10 °C) for no less than 4 hours. After unpacking the Device, it is required to check the presence of all items of the installation kit in the package as well as to examine the Devices for any signs of damage.

5. '''DO NOT USE THE DEVICE UNDER THE OPERATING CONDITIONS DIFFERENT FROM THE STATED IN THE DATASHEET OF THE DEVICE AND IN THE ART 1.2 OF THE USER MANUAL!'''

6. '''AVOID ANY DAMAGE TO THE DIGITAL INDICATOR ESCORT i-5, ITS PARTS OR WIRES DURING THE INSTALLATION AND OPERATION!'''

7. The Indicator i-5 is not subject to any repairs by a customer and must be sent to the manufacturer for repairs or replacement in case of a malfunction.

8. The most common way to mount the Indicator i-5 is by means of self-tapping screws.

== <big>'''i-5 installation'''</big> ==
To mount the i-5 onto a surface, drill 4 orifices as shown on the Figure 4 at a spot, where it will be possible to connect the wires of the i-5 to an external device or devices and a power supply and where the readings displayed by the Indicator will be clearly visible.

Mount and fix the holder with the self-tapping screws. Place the Escort i-5 into the holder. Figure 3 demonstrates an example of the suggested installation. Figure 4 provides the fitting dimensions.
[[File:Qweqwe.png|center|frameless|695x695px]]

= '''How to connect i-5 via app''' =
Make sure that your smartphone supports '''BLUETOOTH LE''' (BLE 4.0 or higher) by checking its documents. Enable the geolocation service in the settings of your smartphone.

Install and run the '''Escort Configurator app'''.

On the start screen (Fig. 5) select “Sensor settings”, then select the model of the Device (Fig. 6).
[[File:Qa.png|center|frameless|739x739px]]

When firing the app up for the 1st time, make sure to give it access to the geolocation service. This access is asked for only once. This step is obligatory to connect any BLE devices.

On the '''List of available devices''' screen (Fig. 7), tap on the required device or search for it by entering the last six digits of the serial number of the device into the search box (Fig. 8) for example '''I5_100320''' (in case of the i-5).
[[File:Imageуцй.png|center|frameless|724x724px]]

'''IMPORTANT! To activate the Escort i-5 and then to detect, connect and configure it by means of the app, be sure to connect it to a power supply. The wiring diagram is shown on the Fig 9. The voltage range is provided in the Table 1 of the present manual.'''
[[File:Dasd.png|center|frameless|718x718px]]

After the i-5 is connected, it’s configuration is displayed on the screen (Fig. 10). At the top of the screen, you can see the device name and the current FW version (Fig. 10, 1).
[[File:Imagedsad.png|center|frameless|718x718px]]

== <big>'''Password'''</big> ==
To prevent any attempts to tamper with the settings of the Indicator i-5 by any unauthorized third party, the sensor must be protected with a password.

When you connect the i-5 for the 1st time and try and change any settings in its configuration, you will be required to set up a new password (Fig. 11).

'''Attention! There’s no default password on the i-5. The password is set up only when the Indicator is connected via the app for the 1st time by any user.'''
[[File:Csd.png|center|frameless|694x694px]]

After setting the password and whenever you try and change any i-5’s settings, you will be required to enter the previously set password (Fig. 12).

= <big>'''Pairing BLE sensors'''</big> =
To pair any Escort BLE sensor (TD, DU, TH) you need to tap '''Connect sensors''' (Fig.13, '''2''').
[[File:Adsdas.png|thumb]]
Then press the '''"+"''' button to add a new sensor (Fig. 14).

[[File:Imagehhg.png|center|frameless|726x726px]]

Then select the '''Wireless option''' and either enter the MAC (ENTER THE ‘:’ SIGNS MANUALLY TOO) or the sensor’s model letter and the last 6 digits of its serial number (Fig. 16) and press the '''‘Connect’''' button. Both MAC (Fig. 17, '''1''' and Fig. 18, '''1''') and the sensor’s serial number (Fig. 17, '''2''' and Fig. 18, '''2''') can be found on its head . Or select you can scan the QR code on the sensor’s head to pair it with the Indicator. To do so, press the scan button (Fig. 15, '''2''') and scan the QR code with your smartphone.
[[File:Image2312.png|center|frameless|714x714px]]
[[File:Image21312.png|center|frameless|712x712px]]

After the sensor is connected you will see it on the main screen of the Indicator in the app (Fig. 19). Repeat the procedure to pair more sensors. '''Up to 10 sensors can be paired with the same i-5.'''

Tap on any sensor to open the menu with its settings of current readings (Fig. 20).
[[File:Imageqwec.png|center|frameless|774x774px]]

== <big>'''Deleting a sensor'''</big> ==
To delete, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect .

[[File:GIF 20250213 110701 063.gif]]

== <big>'''Tank calibration table for TD-BLE'''</big> ==
If you just pair BLE or wired TD sensors with the Indicator i-5, the latter will be displaying the level values from 1 to 1023 or from 1 to 4095. In order to get the Indicator display the liters/gallons, you need to save a tank calibration table in the i-5’s memory for every TD sensor.

'''Attention! The table must contain not more than 50 lines!'''

Once the sensor(s) is paired with the Indicator, tap '''Connect sensors''' (Fig. 45, '''2''') and then tap on the sensor to which you need to add the table (Fig. 46).
[[File:Imageghjghj.png|center|frameless|752x752px]]

Next, you can either import the table from the file saved on your smartphone or enter the table manually. To do so, open the sensor’s configuration and tap '''Start tank calibration''' (Fig. 47, '''1''').
[[File:Image,jhkh.png|center|frameless|750x750px]]

To import the table from the file, select the '''Import from file option''' (Fig. 48). Then find the table you need on your smartphone and select it (Fig. 49). You can then modify the table should it be necessary. Press Save to save the table in the Indicator’s memory (Fig. 50). Repeat the procedure for each sensor.
[[File:Image23123.png|center|frameless|752x752px]]

You can modify the table if you press any cell (Fig. 51). Also, you can set the '''Portion''' (in liters/or gallons) and then add new lines to the table (Fig. 52). To delete any line, press and hold it then swipe to the left and tap '''Delete''' (Fig. 53).
[[File:Image5464.png|center|frameless|753x753px]]
[[File:Image2435t2g2.png|center|frameless|714x714px]]

To enter the table manually, select the corresponding option on the screen shown on the Figure 48, then set the portion (Fig. 52), add as many portions as you need and edit the level values as per the table you have and need to upload into the Indicator’s memory (Fig. 51). You can delete any line by pressing, holding it and swiping to the left and then pressing '''Delete'''. Be sure to tap '''Save''' to save the table and/or any changes made to it
[[File:Imagedasd2341.png|thumb]]
To apply the table, be sure to activate the '''Use tank calibration table''' switcher (Fig. 54.1, '''2'''). To check the currently saved table tap:

[[File:Imagedasd213123.png|center|frameless|637x637px]]

== <big>'''Retransmission of BLE sensors data'''</big> ==
The Indicator i-5 can retransmit the data it receives from the paired Escort BLE sensors (TD, TH, DU) to an external device (GPS tracker/gateway/other compatible device) via the RS-485 interface.

To enable the transmission of the BLE sensor’s data, go to the Connect sensors menu (Fig. 69, '''2'''), then select the sensor whose data you need transmitted to an external device and tap '''RS settings'''. (Fig 70, '''4''').
[[File:Image312s21s1.png|center|frameless|699x699px]]

Select the pair of parameters you need transmitted and switch that pair on (Fig. 71). Then assign this pair of parameters a network address (Fig. 72).
[[File:Imaged1c2.png|center|frameless|723x723px]]

'''Attention! It is impossible to reuse the network addresses that are already occupied either by a different pair of parameters of the same sensor or a pair of parameters of another BLE or wired sensor.'''

The wiring diagram (Fig. 73) demonstrates how to connect the Indicator i-5, wired sensor(s) and an external device by means of the RS-485 interface. It is possible to use the i-5 in the Passive RS-485 mode so that it could listen to the responses of the wired sensors that they transmit upon receiving requests for data from an external device and respond to the requests sent by the external device with the BLE sensors’ data the i-5 receives via BLE connection.
[[File:Imagev33v.png|center|frameless|727x727px]]

= <big>'''Pairing wired sensors (tracker/gateway is used)'''</big> =
If you need to connect the i-5 between a GPS tracker/gateway (or other compatible device) and a wired sensor (or several sensors), you need to connect the sensor as shown on the wiring diagram below, pair the sensor with the indicator and configure the Indicator i-5 to operate in the RS-485 '''Passive mode''' (the default mode).

To pair a wired sensor (TD, DU-180, DGV-200, ALS) you need to tap Connect sensors (Fig. 34, 2).
[[File:Imageeqwesc21.png|thumb]]
Then press the '''"+"''' button to add a new sensor (Fig. 35).

[[File:Imageeqwe1212.png|center|frameless|668x668px]]

Then select the '''‘Wired’''' option, enter the network address (the value can be from 1 to 255) and press '''‘Connect’''' (Fig. 36). If the i-5 is not configured to operate in the RS-485 '''Active mode''' or if there is no GPS tracker/gateway or other device that could request the data from the sensor so that the i-5 could listen to the sensor’s response and show its reading, the level of the wired sensor will be displayed as 0 (Fig. 37).

The network address of the sensor can be configured in the Escort configurator for PC or in the app (Fig. 38 and Fig. 39).

If you need to connect several wired sensors, repeat the procedure described above.

'''Attention! Every sensor connected via the RS-485 interface must have different network addresses.'''
[[File:Imageeqwe121.png|center|frameless|732x732px]]
[[File:Imageewqe1231.png|center|frameless|734x734px]]

'''Attention! All wired sensors that are not the wired Escort TD sensors (such as DU-180, DGV-200, ALS or the wired sensors of other brands that support the LLS data communication protocol) will still be treated as the TD sensors.'''

If the Indicator i-5 is connected “between” the wired sensor(s) and the GPS tracker/gateway or other compatible device, its operating mode must be the '''Passive''' one. To select it, open the mode settings (Fig. 40, 4). The Passive mode is selected by default. If it was changed earlier, select the '''Passive mode''' and press '''Save''' to apply change (Fig. 41).
[[File:Image3123dqw.png|center|frameless|738x738px]]

If the sensor is connected to the tracker and the tracker is receiving the data from it and the Indicator is connected in accordance with the wiring diagram (Fig. 44), you will see the sensor’s readings in the app as well (Fig. .42 and Fig. 43).
[[File:Image2312312.png|center|frameless|740x740px]]

== <big>'''Wiring diagrams: i-5, wired sensor(s) (RS-485) and tracker/gateway'''</big> ==
Wiring diagram with single wired sensor:
[[File:Image12312dsdq.png|center|frameless|746x746px]]

Wiring diagram with several wired sensors:
[[File:Imageczxczxc.png|center|frameless|757x757px]]

== <big>'''Pairing wired sensors (no tracker/gateway is used)'''</big> ==

If you need to connect your wired sensor(s) TD-100, TD-150, TD-500, TD-600, DGV-200, DU-180, ALS only to the i-5, i.e. there will be no GPS tracker or gateway to which the sensor(s) will be connected, you need to pair the sensor with the i-5 and then select the '''Active mode''' in the mode settings and configure the interval at which the sensor(s) will be polled (will be sent requests for data to).
[[File:D12e13.png|thumb]]
To pair a wired sensor (TD, DU-180, DGV-200, ALS) you need to tap '''Connect sensors''' (Fig. 21, '''2'''). Then press the '''"+"''' (Рис. 14) button to add a new sensor (Fig. 22).

[[File:Image1231.png|center|frameless|763x763px]]

Then select the '''‘Wired’''' option, enter the network address (the value can be from 0 to 255) and press ‘Connect’ (Fig. 23). If the i-5 is not configured to operate in the RS-485 Active mode or if there is no GPS tracker/gateway or other device that could request the data from the sensor so that the i-5 could listen to the sensor’s response and show its reading, the level of the wired sensor will be displayed as 0 (Fig. 24).

The network address of the sensor can be configured in the Escort configurator for PC or in the app (Fig. 25 and Fig. 26).

If you need to connect several wired sensors, repeat the procedure described above.

'''Attention! Every sensor connected via the RS-485 interface must have different network addresses.'''
[[File:Imagedasd.png|center|frameless|751x751px]]
[[File:Imagedasdssa.png|center|frameless|750x750px]]

'''Attention! All wired sensors that are not the wired Escort TD sensors (such as DU-180, DGV-200, ALS or the wired sensors of other brands that support the LLS data communication protocol) will still be treated as the TD sensors.'''

To make the i-5 send requests for data to the wired sensor(s) connected to it, open the mode settings (Fig. 27, '''4'''). The Passive mode is selected by default (Fig. 28).
[[File:Image53453.png|center|frameless|750x750px]]

Select the '''Active mode''' then enter the interval in seconds from 1 to 65 and press Set (Fig. 29). Then press '''Save''' to apply the changes (Fig. 30).
[[File:Imagedasdcxzc222.png|center|frameless|745x745px]]

After the Active RS-485 mode is selected and the interval is set, you will see the readings of your wired sensor(s) in the app (Fig. 31, 32) if it was connected to the i-5 in accordance with the wiring diagram (Fig. 33).
[[File:Imagesdasd22.png|center|frameless|736x736px]]

== <big>'''Wiring diagrams: i-5 and wired sensor(s) (RS-485) no tracker/gateway'''</big> ==

Wiring diagram with single wired sensor:
[[File:Imagedsad22.png|center|frameless|729x729px]]

Wiring diagram with several wired sensors:
[[File:Imagedasd22.png|center|frameless|734x734px]]

= '''Configuring Indicator’s screen''' =
Once all sensors are paired with the '''Indicator i-5''', you need to configure what data will be displayed on its physical screen.

There are 10 virtual Windows that you can switch between by pressing the buttons of the indicator. Then, the i-5 displayed the number of the Window first and, in a few seconds, the sensor’s reading is displayed. If you don’t press any button, the same sensor’s data will be on the screen till you press a button.

'''Attention! You don’t need to press the buttons with force. Press a button lightly and then let go. The buttons react only after you let go.

'''If you connect the i-5 for the first time, the screen will not show anything unless you pair a sensor with it and press one of the buttons of the Indicator.'''

'''Inside the application, the level of the sensor will always be displayed without the use of a calibration table, so the actual data on the I-5 screen and inside the application may differ.'''
[[File:Imagefasf32423.png|center|frameless|693x693px]]

To activate one of the Windows 1-10 (Fig. 57, '''1'''), you need to switch it on in the settings of the Indicator and select the sensor whose data will be displayed in the Window X (Fig. 57, '''2'''). To do so, go to the Display settings (Fig. 56, '''3'''). To switch between the Windows 1-10 in the app, swipe to left or to the right.
[[File:Imagedasd342.png|center|frameless|692x692px]]

For TD sensors (both BLE and wired ones, as well as the wired DU-180, DGV-200, ALS) select the '''Level reading''' in the '''Screen mode''' menu. Then select the sensor whose data must be displayed in the selected Window X in the '''Sensors menu''' (Fig. 59). For any wired sensor, select the sensor by its serial number. For the BLE sensors, select the sensor by its name XX_YYYYYY (XX – first letters of sensor’s model, YYYYYY – the last 6 digits of sensor’s serial number).
[[File:Imageedas13123.png|center|frameless|685x685px]]

If there are several sensors of different models that transmit the same data type (for example, Temperature), you will also need to select the sensor whose data must be displayed on the Indicator’s screen when the corresponding Window is selected by pressing the buttons.
[[File:Image23112d12.png|center|frameless|682x682px]]

== <big>'''Displaying total/average level of several TD sensors'''</big> ==
If you have '''several sensors''' installed '''on the same vehicle and in the same tank''' and you need the Indicator i-5 to show their average value, go to the '''Display settings''' (Fig. 62, '''3''') choose one of the Windows 1-10 in the Display settings menu and select the '''TD average level''' in the Screen mode (Fig. 63). No need to select the sensors in the same menu. The level readings of all TD sensor’s that are '''included into the total/average calculation''' will be used to calculate and display their average level.
[[File:Image3123123.png|center|frameless|671x671px]]

If you have several sensors installed on the '''same vehicle but in different tanks''' and you need the Indicator i-5 to show their total value, choose one of the Windows 1-10 in the Display settings (Fig. 64, 3) menu and select the '''TD total level''' in the Screen mode. No need to select the sensors in the same menu. The level readings of all TD sensor’s that are '''included into the total/average calculation''' will be used to calculate and display their average level.
[[File:Images1312s13.png|center|frameless|680x680px]]

In order to include a particular TD sensor (BLE or wired one) into the total/average calculation, go to the ''Connect''' sensors (Fig. 66, '''2''') and tap on the sensor you need (Fig 67). Then switch the Include in total/average calculation tumbler on (Fig 68, '''3''').

'''Attention! Be sure to upload and save the tank calibration tables per each sensor as explained in the art. 2.7 of the present manual.'''
[[File:Image3123d12c4.png|center|frameless|704x704px]]
[[File:Imagedc222.png|center|frameless|626x626px]]

='''Additional features (FW update, password management)'''=
If you need to set up, modify or delete the password, go to the '''Additional features''' (Fig. 74, '''5''') menu. If there is no password yet, you will be able to establish it. If there’s a password, you can modify or delete it by entering the currently established password and then delete it. If the password is deleted, you can set up a new one.
[[File:Imageb56b6.png|center|frameless|724x724px]]

IF you need to update the FW of the Indicator, press '''FW update''' (Fig. 76) in the '''Additional features''' menu. Then confirm your choice. The FW file must be downloaded onto your smartphone in advance. Find it, select it and execute the update.

'''Attention! Updating the FW if the Indicator i-5 via the app for iOS is only possible on iOS versions as of 12.55).'''
[[File:Imagem7m7.png|center|frameless|633x633px]]

='''Pinout and compatibility with other devices'''=
[[File:Imagev4f4f4v.png|center|frameless|751x751px]]

'''Compatibility with other devices:'''

Of the sensors connected via Bluetooth, only Escort BLE devices are compatible with the I-5 Indicator.

Using the RS-485 interface, you can connect any wired sensors with the following characteristics to the I-5 Indicator:

Protocol - '''LLS'''

Exchange baud rate - '''19200 kbps'''

Data size - '''8 bits'''

Parity: '''none'''

Stop-bits - '''1'''

= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =

* [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/digital-display/eskort-i5/Datasheet%20-%20Digital%20Indicator%20Escort%20I%205.pdf?v=031122130347 '''<big>Technical data sheet of the device</big>''']
* [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/digital-display/escort-i-5/#active '''<big>Product page</big>''']
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#escort-i-5 Download materials]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kXZJSFY-cOo&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video instruction: " Calibration tables. Display settings. BLE data retransmission (RS-485)"]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-eipvR0nFiY&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video instruction: "Power up. Pairing sensors. Operating modes (RS)"]</big>'''

TD-500

2025-09-26T08:24:08Z

ROMAN: /* Sensor calibration */

[[RU:ТД-500| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-500| Versión en español]]

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[File:TD-500 design current.png|thumb|239x239px|'''<big>Current design of TD-500</big>''']]
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The TD-500 meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-500/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-500.pdf?v=070224170633 technical data sheet of the device.]

= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''. The TD-500 sensor also supports '''MODBUS''' protocol, [[MODBUS TD-500|description]].

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-500 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 Passive via LLS and MODBUS protocol'''
* '''RS-485 Active via LLS protocol'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''
* '''Impulse'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''RS-485''' '''Passive'''- digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the '''LLS''' and '''MODBUS''' protocols. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-5V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''Impulse''''' - mode, in which a 27 Hz pulse train is formed on the basis of CNT. The number of pulses in the pack corresponds to the measured fuel level. The minimum level corresponds to a pack of 2 pulses, the maximum - to a pack of 1025 pulses.

'''''Navigation terminal''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank
* [[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|766x766px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank''' '''and''' '''drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']]
* [[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']]
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm''' hole using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.
* [[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://youtu.be/3psA2ACmw7w?si=zQ7n_N6h0HseNdfF Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|803x803px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]

==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|821x821px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

== '''<big>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</blockquote>
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|862x862px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|860x860px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|622x622px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|745x745px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z0HSGDMR3rQ Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|635x635px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 the configurator on a PC]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''<big>the configurator on a PC</big>'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|742x742px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|747x747px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://windowsreport.com/driver-signature-enforcement-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Escort%20driver%20C-200M2.zip?v=050623134319 drivers for the С200M2].

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|798x798px]]

After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').

[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|661x661px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:

[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|685x685px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor level
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)
# Current filtration type and degree
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|636x636px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''

[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|634x634px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''2''')
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|344x344px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|509x509px|'''<big>Centralizer</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centralizer at the end of the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''1''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (1), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor
* Click "'''OK"'''

[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|585x585px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]
[[File:Calibration_values_calibration_without_fuel_PC.png|none|thumb|366x366px|'''<big>Calibration values after calibration without fuel</big>''']]
If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==

We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.

[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|632x632px]]

[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|644x644px]]

[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|644x644px]]

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal

Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')

[[File:TD-500 modes.png|frameless|697x697px]]

*'''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol''' or '''MODBUS protocol ([[MODBUS ТД-500|description]])'''
* '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.
* '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
* '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the terminal.
* '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the terminal (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').

[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|643x643px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|625x625px|'''<big>Before changing network address</big>''']]
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|614x614px|'''<big>After changing network address</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:

* Connect sensor
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No”''' ('''1'''). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.
* Create an Excel table. Save it in .csv format. The first row of the table should look like this:
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless|419x419px]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The '''Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the '''Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote>

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]][[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|432x432px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|512x512px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|500x500px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|472x472px]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless]]

If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.
[[File:Tank calibration table in .csv format.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]
The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Tank volume</big>'''
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''
|'''<big>5</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''
|'''<big>10</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''
|'''<big>20</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Over 1000</big>'''
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''
|}
The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.

You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|460x460px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''

[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|688x688px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|796x796px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|612x612px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|611x611px]]
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|612x612px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|722x722px]]
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:

* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''

By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:

* calibrate the sensor
* change filtering level
* change network address
* select the sensor operating mode
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)
* set or change password
* calibrate the tank
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|574x574px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to the phone</big>''']]
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|566x566px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply</big>''']]
* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones</big>''']]Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Providing access to the C200M2 in the app</big>''']]
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|'''<big>Error failed to connect device after requesting permission</big>''']]
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type and level
# Current sensor level
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the "'''Calibration without fuel'''" slider ('''1''')
* Press "'''Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value "'''Full'''" ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (2), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|463x463px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|531x531px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click "'''Empty'''" ('''3''')
* The value "'''Empty'''" ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired phone empty.png|frameless|381x381px]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|670x670px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the "'''Calibrate without fue'''l" switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press "'''Calibrate'''" ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal

Go to Settings

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]

Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wired mode settings mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

* '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol and MODBUS protocol'''. '''([[MODBUS ТД-500|description]])'''
* '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''
* '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently interrogate the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
* '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the terminal.
* '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the terminal (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|450x450px]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless|586x586px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|514x514px]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless|569x569px]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Tightening screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:Wired tank calibration mobile.png|frameless]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')
[[File:Start tank calibration folder.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.

Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').

In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.

The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|386x386px|'''<big>Editing a tank calibration line</big>''']]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>

== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required “'''Filtration'''” ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|654x654px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>

* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click “'''Remove'''”

[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS terminal</big>''' =

== General instructions ==
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|940x940px]]

Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.

To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).

'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''

Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.

== Connection diagrams ==
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS terminal and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram</big>''']]
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate</big>''']]
To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.<blockquote>'''<big>NOT WITH THE FUSE, BUT INSTEAD OF THE FUSE</big>'''</blockquote>
[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Wiring diagram for Frequency output</big>''']]

= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==

You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-500</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|460x460px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|533x533px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current sample sensor</big>''' ===
Also included with the sensor of the current sample is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|511x511px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|517x517px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|664x664px]]

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the former design</big>''' ==
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =
[https://docs.google.com/document/d/1KZYZBx8zbcA7TRlT8QX4W5yt2mHhz334fVjsXdTpS4c/edit]'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit Firmware update instructions]''' for sensors with serial number higher than 254483

'''[https://youtu.be/BVCs-LiWLVs There is also a video instructional guide]''' for sensors with serial number higher than 254483

'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/1KZYZBx8zbcA7TRlT8QX4W5yt2mHhz334fVjsXdTpS4c/edit Firmware update instructions]''' for sensors with serial number higher below 254483

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td500 downloads section of our website]'''

= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =

== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes - preferably by blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also necessary to flush the tank.

== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|853x853px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|684x684px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the terminal via RS-485</big>''' ==
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the terminal, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the terminal via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the terminal as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|579x579px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''']]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|555x555px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|550x550px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|544x544px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]
If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the terminal, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your terminal's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/12cmqjmKU7KKg6ms8wnTsv6Ttb1gohf8b/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =
[[File:TD-500 wiring.png|frameless|704x704px]]

= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft terminals have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the nav terminal without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://youtu.be/n_HxgImFvPs Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/npxXyVOtfh0 Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p6JkD-AuSHk UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker terminal.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|714x714px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|674x674px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS terminal

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|700x700px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01'''..., and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote'' ''control'' tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|717x717px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|718x718px]]

= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-500/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-500.pdf?v=070224170633 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/Jeskort-td-500/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td500 Download materials]</big>'''

File:Wired phone empty.png

2025-09-26T08:23:22Z

ROMAN: ROMAN uploaded a new version of File:Wired phone empty.png

Wired phone empty

TD-150

2025-09-26T08:22:00Z

ROMAN: /* Sensor calibration (via mobile app) */

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[RU:TD-150| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-150| Versión en español]]
[[File:TD-150.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design of TD-150</big>''']]
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The TD-150 meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150.pdf?v=271022141709 technical data sheet of the device.]

= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''.

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-150 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 (Passive and Active)'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-9V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''Navigation terminal''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank[[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|787x787px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']][[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|874x874px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]

==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two_sensors_installed_diagonally.png|none|thumb|885x885px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]

'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

== '''<big>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</blockquote>
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|887x887px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|893x893px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]

'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|749x749px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|764x764px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|702x702px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 the configurator on a PC]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''<big>the configurator on a PC</big>'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://windowsreport.com/driver-signature-enforcement-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Escort%20driver%20C-200M2.zip?v=050623134319 drivers for the С200M2].

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|796x796px]]

After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').

[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|657x657px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:

[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|751x751px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor level
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)
# Current filtration type and degree
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|647x647px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''

[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|734x734px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel'''" slider ('''2''')
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|518x518px|'''<big>Centralizer</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|<big>'''Centralizer at the end of the tubes'''</big>]]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize (1)
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor
* Click '''"OK"'''

[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, CNT should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the Empty calibration value to the Full calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|655x655px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

[[File:Calibration values calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:

* From 1 to1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==

We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.

[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|733x733px]]

[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|669x669px]]

[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|667x667px]]

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal

Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wire mode settings.png|frameless|572x572px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.

- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote>

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').

[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|561x561px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|611x611px|'''<big>Before changing network address</big>''']]
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|614x614px|'''<big>After changing network address</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:

* Connect sensor
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No”''' ('''1'''). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.
* Create an Excel table. Save it in '''.csv''' format. The first row of the table should look like this:
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The '''Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the '''Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote>

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]] [[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|355x355px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|443x443px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|446x446px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|499x499px]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless|446x446px]]
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]
If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.

The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''
|-
|'''Tank volume'''
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''
|'''<big>5</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''
|'''<big>10</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''
|'''<big>20</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Over1000</big>'''
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''
|}
<blockquote><big>The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.</big></blockquote>You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|487x487px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|471x471px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|442x442px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''

[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|732x732px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|790x790px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|780x780px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|777x777px]]
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|781x781px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|776x776px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|768x768px]]
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:

* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''

By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:

* calibrate the sensor
* change filtering level
* change network address
* select the sensor operating mode
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)
* set or change password
* calibrate the tank
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|561x561px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to the phone</big>''']]
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|565x565px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply</big>''']]

* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones</big>''']]
* Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|688x688px|'''<big>Providing access to the C200M2 in the app</big>''']]
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|685x685px|'''<big>Error failed to connect device after requesting permission</big>''']]
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless|787x787px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type and level
# Current sensor level
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration (via mobile app)</big>''' ==
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|928x928px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|408x408px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|513x513px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired phone empty.png|frameless]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|759x759px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless|768x768px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:

* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal

Go to Settings

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|806x806px]]

Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wired mode settings mobile.png|frameless|801x801px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|798x798px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''

- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently interrogate the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote>

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|490x490px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|992x992px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|501x501px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|857x857px]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Tightening screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:Wired tank calibration mobile.png|frameless|924x924px]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')
[[File:Start tank calibration folder wired.png|none|thumb|722x722px|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.

Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').

In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.

The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|381x381px|<big>'''Editing a tank calibration line'''</big>]]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless|763x763px]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>

== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|466x466px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|426x426px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 tank calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required “Filtration” ('''1''') and click “Set parameters” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|813x813px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless|719x719px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless|728x728px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>

* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless|697x697px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''
[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless|673x673px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support..

= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS terminal</big>''' =

== '''<big>General instructions</big>''' ==
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|923x923px]]

Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.

To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).

'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''

Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.

== '''<big>Connection diagrams</big>''' ==
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS terminal and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram</big>''']]
[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Wiring diagram for Frequency output</big>''']]
[[File:Wired Analog mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Analog output wiring diagram</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''<big>The TD-150 sensor has analog mode always enabled; it does not need to be enabled in the configurator!</big>'''</blockquote>

== '''<big>Connection using a resistor</big>''' ==
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate</big>''']]

The sensors are supplied with 2 resistors. Each can be used in place of (but not in conjunction with) the supplied fuse.

'''The black resistor''' should be used if the sensor is powered by a '''12V''' power source. '''The red resistor''' should be used at higher voltages up to '''80V''' (up to '''40V''' to comply with the certificate of conformity).

The purpose of the resistor is to break the voltage supply line in case of overload and to prevent sparking in the hazardous area that could occur in this case.

[[File:Wired R with sensors.png|frameless|512x512px]]

To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.<blockquote>'''<big>NOT WITH THE FUSE, BUT INSTEAD OF THE FUSE</big>'''</blockquote>

= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==

You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-150</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|411x411px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|515x515px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]

Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current sample sensor</big>''' ===
Also included with the sensor of the current sample is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|432x432px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|435x435px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|555x555px]]

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the former design</big>''' ==
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =
'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=116383505004193584732&rtpof=true&sd=true Firmware update instructions]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/BVCs-LiWLVs There is also a video instructional guide]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 downloads section of our website]'''

= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =

== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes - preferably by blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also necessary to flush the tank.

== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|786x786px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|722x722px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the terminal via RS-485</big>''' ==
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the terminal, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the terminal via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the terminal as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''' ]]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|572x572px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|585x585px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|665x665px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]
If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the terminal, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your terminal's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =
[[File:Pinout TD-150.png|frameless|828x828px]]

= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft terminals have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the nav terminal without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qmU9DQCO4Fc Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/JJZl-EsrUoQ Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/rFzWX8E97Bg UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker terminal.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|632x632px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|586x586px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS terminal

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|651x651px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01...''', and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote control'' tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|649x649px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|648x648px]]

= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150.pdf?v=271022141709 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 Download materials]</big>'''

File:Wired phone empty.png

2025-09-26T08:21:47Z

ROMAN:

Wired phone empty

TD-150

2025-07-10T13:18:34Z

ROMAN: /* In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tank calibration menu in the application. */

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[RU:TD-150| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-150| Versión en español]]
[[File:TD-150.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design of TD-150</big>''']]
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The TD-150 meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150.pdf?v=271022141709 technical data sheet of the device.]

= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''.

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-150 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 (Passive and Active)'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-9V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''Navigation terminal''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank[[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|787x787px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']][[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|874x874px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]

==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two_sensors_installed_diagonally.png|none|thumb|885x885px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]

'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

== '''<big>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</blockquote>
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|887x887px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|893x893px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]

'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|749x749px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|764x764px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|702x702px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 the configurator on a PC]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''<big>the configurator on a PC</big>'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://windowsreport.com/driver-signature-enforcement-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Escort%20driver%20C-200M2.zip?v=050623134319 drivers for the С200M2].

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|796x796px]]

After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').

[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|657x657px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:

[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|751x751px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor level
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)
# Current filtration type and degree
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|647x647px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''

[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|734x734px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel'''" slider ('''2''')
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|518x518px|'''<big>Centralizer</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|<big>'''Centralizer at the end of the tubes'''</big>]]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize (1)
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor
* Click '''"OK"'''

[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, CNT should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the Empty calibration value to the Full calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|655x655px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

[[File:Calibration values calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:

* From 1 to1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==

We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.

[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|733x733px]]

[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|669x669px]]

[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|667x667px]]

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal

Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wire mode settings.png|frameless|572x572px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.

- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote>

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').

[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|561x561px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|611x611px|'''<big>Before changing network address</big>''']]
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|614x614px|'''<big>After changing network address</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:

* Connect sensor
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No”''' ('''1'''). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.
* Create an Excel table. Save it in '''.csv''' format. The first row of the table should look like this:
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The '''Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the '''Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote>

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]] [[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|355x355px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|443x443px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|446x446px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|499x499px]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless|446x446px]]
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]
If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.

The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''
|-
|'''Tank volume'''
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''
|'''<big>5</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''
|'''<big>10</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''
|'''<big>20</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Over1000</big>'''
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''
|}
<blockquote><big>The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.</big></blockquote>You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|487x487px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|471x471px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|442x442px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''

[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|732x732px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|790x790px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|780x780px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|777x777px]]
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|781x781px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|776x776px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|768x768px]]
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:

* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''

By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:

* calibrate the sensor
* change filtering level
* change network address
* select the sensor operating mode
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)
* set or change password
* calibrate the tank
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|561x561px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to the phone</big>''']]
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|565x565px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply</big>''']]

* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones</big>''']]
* Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|688x688px|'''<big>Providing access to the C200M2 in the app</big>''']]
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|685x685px|'''<big>Error failed to connect device after requesting permission</big>''']]
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless|787x787px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type and level
# Current sensor level
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|928x928px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|408x408px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|513x513px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired settings page Full.png|frameless]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|759x759px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless|768x768px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:

* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal

Go to Settings

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|806x806px]]

Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wired mode settings mobile.png|frameless|801x801px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|798x798px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''

- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently interrogate the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote>

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|490x490px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|992x992px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|501x501px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|857x857px]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Tightening screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:Wired tank calibration mobile.png|frameless|924x924px]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')
[[File:Start tank calibration folder wired.png|none|thumb|722x722px|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.

Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').

In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.

The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|381x381px|<big>'''Editing a tank calibration line'''</big>]]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless|763x763px]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>

== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|466x466px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|426x426px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 tank calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required “Filtration” ('''1''') and click “Set parameters” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|813x813px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless|719x719px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless|728x728px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>

* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless|697x697px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''
[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless|673x673px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support..

= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS terminal</big>''' =

== '''<big>General instructions</big>''' ==
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|923x923px]]

Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.

To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).

'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''

Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.

== '''<big>Connection diagrams</big>''' ==
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS terminal and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram</big>''']]
[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Wiring diagram for Frequency output</big>''']]
[[File:Wired Analog mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Analog output wiring diagram</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''<big>The TD-150 sensor has analog mode always enabled; it does not need to be enabled in the configurator!</big>'''</blockquote>

== '''<big>Connection using a resistor</big>''' ==
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate</big>''']]

The sensors are supplied with 2 resistors. Each can be used in place of (but not in conjunction with) the supplied fuse.

'''The black resistor''' should be used if the sensor is powered by a '''12V''' power source. '''The red resistor''' should be used at higher voltages up to '''80V''' (up to '''40V''' to comply with the certificate of conformity).

The purpose of the resistor is to break the voltage supply line in case of overload and to prevent sparking in the hazardous area that could occur in this case.

[[File:Wired R with sensors.png|frameless|512x512px]]

To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.<blockquote>'''<big>NOT WITH THE FUSE, BUT INSTEAD OF THE FUSE</big>'''</blockquote>

= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==

You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-150</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|411x411px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|515x515px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]

Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current sample sensor</big>''' ===
Also included with the sensor of the current sample is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|432x432px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|435x435px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|555x555px]]

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the former design</big>''' ==
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =
'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=116383505004193584732&rtpof=true&sd=true Firmware update instructions]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/BVCs-LiWLVs There is also a video instructional guide]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 downloads section of our website]'''

= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =

== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes - preferably by blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also necessary to flush the tank.

== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|786x786px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|722x722px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the terminal via RS-485</big>''' ==
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the terminal, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the terminal via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the terminal as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''' ]]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|572x572px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|585x585px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|665x665px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]
If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the terminal, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your terminal's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =
[[File:Pinout TD-150.png|frameless|828x828px]]

= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft terminals have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the nav terminal without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qmU9DQCO4Fc Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/JJZl-EsrUoQ Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/rFzWX8E97Bg UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker terminal.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|632x632px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|586x586px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS terminal

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|651x651px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01...''', and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote control'' tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|649x649px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|648x648px]]

= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150.pdf?v=271022141709 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 Download materials]</big>'''

TD-600

2025-07-01T08:03:31Z

ROMAN: /* Tank calibration */

[[RU:ТД-600| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-600| Versión en español]]

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[File:TD-600.png|thumb|223x223px|'''<big>Current design of TD-150</big>''']]
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The '''TD-600''' meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-600.pdf?v=101024180549 technical data sheet of the device]

= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-600, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces'''.

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-600 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 Passive via LLS protocol'''
* '''RS-485 Active via LLS protocol'''
* '''RS-232''' '''Passive via LLS protocol'''
* '''RS-232''' '''Active via LLS and ASCII'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units). On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''RS-232''' - digital data transmission mode. It works according to '''LLS and ASCII''' protocol, if there is a '''LLS''' request the sensor responds according to '''LLS''' protocol if there is no request the sensor actively outputs data in ASCII format. On the basis of '''CNT''' the value in conventional units of the selected range is formed (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units). On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-5V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''Impulse''''' - mode, in which a 27 Hz pulse train is formed on the basis of CNT. The number of pulses in the pack corresponds to the measured fuel level. The minimum level corresponds to a pack of 2 pulses, the maximum - to a pack of 1025 pulses.

'''''Navigation terminal''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank
* [[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|712x712px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']]

* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole using a bimetallic bit'''; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.[[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']]
* [[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|749x749px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|625x625px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|596x596px]]

==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|795x795px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

== '''<big>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]
== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</blockquote>
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|780x780px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|772x772px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|753x753px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]
Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|750x750px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|459x459px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator%20for%20WinXP.zip?v=300721140058 the configurator on a PC]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
The sensor can be configured using the '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator%20for%20WinXP.zip?v=300721140058 configurator on PC] version 2.7.1</big>''' (hereinafter referred to as “'''configurator'''”).

If you get an error when running configurator 2.7.1, you need to install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/other/Component_registration.zip?v=270519154439 additional Microsoft libraries.]

After starting the installation of components, you must wait for the message that the installation is complete, this may take a long time on some computers.

[[File:Runtimepack installation.png|frameless]]

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|759x759px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|758x758px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to disable the electronic signature of drivers and manually install drivers for the С200M2.

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|830x830px]]

After connecting the inverter, the sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers with checking the com port number of the inverter it is necessary to open the configurator, select the necessary com port which we could find out in the device manager(1) and press the button '''Open port'''(2).

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator.jpg|frameless|823x823px]]

After opening the port, connect the sensor to the transmitter and click '''Search for sensors'''

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Connection.jpg|frameless|818x818px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor, you should see this menu:

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator data.jpg|frameless|800x800px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Current value “Empty”
# Current value “Full”
# Network address of the sensor being polled (This address is used for RS-485 and RS-232 mode connections)
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# Current sensor level
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor operating mode
# Additional sensor settings such as: Master mode, range (1024 il 4096), angle transmission redim.
# Current degree of filtration

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
[[File:TD-600 calibration PC example.gif|frameless|600x600px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes - you must perform a sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by covering the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes by turning the sensor upside down or immersing the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for CNT level to stabilize (1)
* Click “'''Set Current level'''” (2) opposite “Full”
* The value “'''Full'''”(3) should change to a value close to the current CNT value (1), but not equal to it, because this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Level .jpg|frameless|798x798px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|517x517px|'''<big>Centralizer</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centralizer at the end of the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''1''')
* Click “'''Set Current level'''” (2) opposite “Empty”
* The value "'''Empty'''" (3) should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (1), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:2.7.1 configurator Full.jpg|frameless|872x872px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, CNT should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the Empty calibration value to the Full calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|759x759px]]

== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==
We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the calibration values Full and Empty of the previously calibrated sensor into the corresponding fields in the configurator and click “Set” against “Empty” and “Full”

[[File:2.7.1 Manual set .jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
Under '''Modes''' (1), you can switch between the sensor's operating modes. The mode name is the same as the interface used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal.

Check the desired mode and press '''Set''' (2).

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator mode set.jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''. On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

- '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the terminal (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''

- '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the terminal.

- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently interrogate the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.

'''- R232 mode''' should be used if the terminal has an RS-232connection interface(input Rx and Tx); On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

In this mode, the sensor waits for a request from the terminal via the LLS protocol, e.g:
* '''3101066C''' is a request for information about the fuel level and temperature of the sensor with network number 1 (Sensor ID in RS-232 mode);
* '''3E0106110100010030''' sensor response to the above request; 11 – temperature in HEX (17°C), 01 00 – level 00 01 HEX (reverse byte order, 1501 is 0115 converts to 276); the rest of the bytes are not informative, except for the last one, which is the checksum CRC-8 MAXIM;
* If the sensor does not receive such requests within 10 sec, it starts sending its readings in ASCII format, for example '''F=С0F2 t=11 N=0001.0 <CR><LF>''') F is CNT, t is temperature, N is level, all in HEX.

[[File:TD-600 data examples.jpg|frameless|919x919px]]

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, RS-232, Active RS-485 or Frequency modes, you can select a range of 1-1023 or 1-4095 (1) . In frequency mode, the range will be 300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz.

After changing the range, press “'''Set'''” (2).

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator range set.jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

The range 1-1023 is most often used for sensors that are shorter than 1 meter. However, if it is a stationary tank with a small height, while the length and width are greater than 2-3 meters, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range of 0-255, click “'''Change Network Address'''” (1), enter the new address (2), click “'''OK'''”(3), then you need to “'''Search for Sensors'''”(4), to connect to the sensor with the new address.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Network address changes.jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

== '''<big>Additional options</big>''' ==

=== Master mode ===
The TD-600 sensor also has an additional master mode in which the TD-600 polls up to 7 connected sensors (slaves) via RS-485 using the LLS protocol and transmits its and their data in ASCII format in the active mode via RS-232

Example of information output by a sensor with 2 connected slaves:

'''t_0=11;N_0=0001.0;t_1=15;N_1=02D8.0;t_2=FFFFFFBF;N_2=0025.0'''

where t_* is temperature in HEX

11 is 17°C, 15 is 21°C, '''FFFFFFBF''' is a negative value, the first 6 digits can be ignored BF is 191 so the value is -65°C via the following formula x-256.

N_* is level in HEX

0001 is 1, 02D8 is 728, 0025 is 37

The digit after the number means the slave number, 0 is the data of TD-600 itself, 1-7 are the slave numbers.

To enable the master mode, check the '''Master mode''' checkbox and click '''Set mode'''.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator master mode.jpg|frameless|449x449px]]

To set up connection between TD-600 Master and slave sensors, check '''S1 ... S7 lines''' and enter network addresses of each slave sensor in the '''Net_Num''' field. Set an individual network address for each slave sensor in the settings of both the master and the slave itself and then click '''Set'''.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator master sensors.jpg|frameless|765x765px]]

=== '''<big>Angle measurement</big>''' ===
Sometimes monitoring platforms may detect false drains and refueling while the vehicle is moving.

To solve this problem, you can use readings of the accelerometer built into the TD-600 sensor.

For this purpose, select RS-485 only (this function will not work in Periodic RS-485 mode or in any other mode) The main network address of the sensor must be different from 255.

Check the ''''Angle'''<nowiki/>' box (1) in the '''Modes''' section of the configurator. Then, click '''Set''' (2) first and then '''Search for sensors'''.

In this mode the tilt angle will be transmitted to the next from the main address of the sensor.

Press '''Horizon''' (3) to calibrate the tilt zero.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator angle settings.jpg|frameless|816x816px]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:
* Connect sensor Make sure that the filtration is set to “No” (1). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time. Create an Excel table. Save it in .csv format. The first row of the table should look like this:[[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless|393x393px]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The Filling method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

<blockquote>ATTENTION! Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote>

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]][[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|356x356px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|512x512px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|500x500px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless]]

If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]

The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Tank volume</big>'''
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''
|'''<big>5</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''
|'''<big>10</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''
|'''<big>20</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Over 1000</big>'''
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''
|}
The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.

You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains unchanged.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|461x461px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains unchanged.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
Once the tank calibration is complete, select the desired filtration degree (1) and press “Set mode” (2)

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Filtration.jpg|frameless|775x775px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|807x807px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Click on the “Set Password” button(1), in the menu that opens you can enter a password consisting of numbers(2) and click “OK”(3) '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0'''.
* [[File:2.7.1 Configurator password.jpg|frameless|868x868px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To remove the password on the sensor

* Enter the password in the “'''Enter Password'''” menu
* Click set password and enter password 0

'''Attention!''' No password is set on the sensor by default! If you have connected a sensor and a password has already been set on the sensor, please contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:

* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''

By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:

* calibrate the sensor
* change filtering level
* change network address
* select the sensor operating mode
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)
* set or change password
* calibrate the tank
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|500x500px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to the phone</big>''']]
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|498x498px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply</big>''']]
* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones</big>''']]
* Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Providing access to the C200M2 in the app</big>''']]
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|'''<big>Error failed to connect device after requesting permission</big>''']]
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type and level
# Current sensor level
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|688x688px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|456x456px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|546x546px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Mobile configurator Empty set.jpg|frameless]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|726x726px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal

Go to Settings

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]

Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:TD-600 mobile mode.jpg|frameless]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''. On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

- '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the terminal (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''

- '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the terminal.

- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently interrogate the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.

'''- R232 mode''' should be used if the terminal has an RS-232connection interface(input Rx and Tx); On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

In this mode, the sensor waits for a request from the terminal via the LLS protocol, e.g:

* '''3101066C''' is a request for information about the fuel level and temperature of the sensor with network number 1 (Sensor ID in RS-232 mode);
* '''3E0106110100010030''' sensor response to the above request; 11 – temperature in HEX (17°C), 01 00 – level 00 01 HEX (reverse byte order, 1501 is 0115 converts to 276); the rest of the bytes are not informative, except for the last one, which is the checksum CRC-8 MAXIM;
* If the sensor does not receive such requests within 10 sec, it starts sending its readings in '''ASCII''' format, for example '''F=С0F2 t=11 N=0001.0 <CR><LF>''') F is CNT, t is temperature, N is level, all in HEX.

[[File:TD-600 data examples.jpg|frameless|919x919px]]

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|413x413px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|845x845px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|488x488px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|845x845px]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==

=== Master mode ===
The TD-600 sensor also has an additional master mode in which the TD-600 polls up to 7 connected sensors (slaves) via RS-485 using the LLS protocol and transmits its and their data in ASCII format in the active mode via RS-232

Example of information output by a sensor with 2 connected slaves:

'''t_0=11;N_0=0001.0;t_1=15;N_1=02D8.0;t_2=FFFFFFBF;N_2=0025.0'''

where t_* is temperature in HEX

11 is 17°C, 15 is 21°C, '''FFFFFFBF''' is a negative value, the first 6 digits can be ignored BF is 191 so the value is -65°C via the following formula x-256.

N_* is level in HEX

0001 is 1, 02D8 is 728, 0025 is 37

The digit after the number means the slave number, 0 is the data of TD-600 itself, 1-7 are the slave numbers.

To activate the wizard mode, go to the “'''Master Mode'''” menu

[[File:TD-600 master mode mobile.jpg|frameless]]

Check “'''Master Mode'''” and enable the required number of slaves and specify their addresses, they must be different from each other and from the sensor address. And then click “'''Set'''”

[[File:TD-600 master settings mobile.jpg|frameless]]

=== '''<big>Angle measurement</big>''' ===
Sometimes monitoring platforms may detect false drains and refueling while the vehicle is moving.

To solve this problem, you can use readings of the accelerometer built into the TD-600 sensor.

For this purpose, select '''RS-485 only (this function will not work in Periodic RS-485 mode or in any other mode)''' The main network address of the sensor must be different from 255.

In this mode the tilt angle will be transmitted to the next from the main address of the sensor.

To enable tilt angle transmission, go to “'''Additional features'''”

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

Enable the switch '''"Transmit angle"'''

To calibrate the tilt zero, you must press “'''Set 0'''”

[[File:TD-600 angle set mobile.jpg|frameless]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Tightening screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:TD-600 tank calibration mobile.jpg|frameless]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')
[[File:Start tank calibration folder wired.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.

Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').

In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.

The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|483x483px|'''<big>Editing a tank calibration line</big>''']]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>

== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|462x462px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|415x415px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 tank calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration”''' ('''1''') and click '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''')

[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|766x766px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''

[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS terminal</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection diagrams</big>''' ==
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS terminal and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.

[[File:TD-600 RS-485.png|frameless|512x512px]]

[[File:TD-600 RS-232.png|frameless|501x501px]]

[[File:TD-600 Frequency.png|frameless|512x512px]]

[[File:TD-600 analog.png|frameless|512x512px]]

= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==

You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-150</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|451x451px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|461x461px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current sample sensor</big>''' ===
Also included with the sensor of the current sample is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|457x457px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|460x460px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless]]

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the former design</big>''' ==
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =
'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=116383505004193584732&rtpof=true&sd=true Firmware update instructions]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td600 downloads section of our website]'''

= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =

== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes - preferably by blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also necessary to flush the tank.

== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the '''Settings''' menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port (1)(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A (2)(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press win+r and enter devmgmt.msc and press OK (3) and then expand the com ports submenu (4)"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|691x691px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|697x697px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the terminal via RS-485</big>''' ==
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the terminal, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the terminal via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the terminal as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|585x585px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''']]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|529x529px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|528x528px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|595x595px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]
If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the terminal, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your terminal's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =
[[File:Pinout TD-600.jpg|frameless|834x834px]]

= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft terminals have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the nav terminal without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qmU9DQCO4Fc Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/JJZl-EsrUoQ Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/rFzWX8E97Bg UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker terminal.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|632x632px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|586x586px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS terminal

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|651x651px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01...''', and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote control'' tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|649x649px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|648x648px]]

= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-600.pdf?v=101024180549 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td600 Download materials]</big>'''

TD-500

2025-07-01T08:02:17Z

ROMAN: /* Tank calibration */

[[RU:ТД-500| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-500| Versión en español]]

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[File:TD-500 design current.png|thumb|239x239px|'''<big>Current design of TD-500</big>''']]
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The TD-500 meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-500/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-500.pdf?v=070224170633 technical data sheet of the device.]

= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''. The TD-500 sensor also supports '''MODBUS''' protocol, [[MODBUS TD-500|description]].

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-500 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 Passive via LLS and MODBUS protocol'''
* '''RS-485 Active via LLS protocol'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''
* '''Impulse'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''RS-485''' '''Passive'''- digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the '''LLS''' and '''MODBUS''' protocols. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-5V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''Impulse''''' - mode, in which a 27 Hz pulse train is formed on the basis of CNT. The number of pulses in the pack corresponds to the measured fuel level. The minimum level corresponds to a pack of 2 pulses, the maximum - to a pack of 1025 pulses.

'''''Navigation terminal''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank
* [[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|766x766px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank''' '''and''' '''drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']]
* [[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']]
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm''' hole using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.
* [[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://youtu.be/3psA2ACmw7w?si=zQ7n_N6h0HseNdfF Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|803x803px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]

==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|821x821px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

== '''<big>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</blockquote>
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|862x862px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|860x860px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|622x622px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|745x745px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z0HSGDMR3rQ Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|635x635px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 the configurator on a PC]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''<big>the configurator on a PC</big>'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|742x742px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|747x747px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://windowsreport.com/driver-signature-enforcement-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Escort%20driver%20C-200M2.zip?v=050623134319 drivers for the С200M2].

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|798x798px]]

After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').

[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|661x661px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:

[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|685x685px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor level
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)
# Current filtration type and degree
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|636x636px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''

[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|634x634px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''2''')
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|344x344px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|509x509px|'''<big>Centralizer</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centralizer at the end of the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''1''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (1), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor
* Click "'''OK"'''

[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|585x585px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]
[[File:Calibration_values_calibration_without_fuel_PC.png|none|thumb|366x366px|'''<big>Calibration values after calibration without fuel</big>''']]
If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==

We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.

[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|632x632px]]

[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|644x644px]]

[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|644x644px]]

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal

Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')

[[File:TD-500 modes.png|frameless|697x697px]]

*'''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol''' or '''MODBUS protocol ([[MODBUS ТД-500|description]])'''
* '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.
* '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
* '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the terminal.
* '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the terminal (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').

[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|643x643px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|625x625px|'''<big>Before changing network address</big>''']]
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|614x614px|'''<big>After changing network address</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:

* Connect sensor
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No”''' ('''1'''). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.
* Create an Excel table. Save it in .csv format. The first row of the table should look like this:
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless|419x419px]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The '''Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the '''Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote>

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]][[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|432x432px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|512x512px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|500x500px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|472x472px]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless]]

If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.
[[File:Tank calibration table in .csv format.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]
The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Tank volume</big>'''
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''
|'''<big>5</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''
|'''<big>10</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''
|'''<big>20</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Over 1000</big>'''
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''
|}
The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.

You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|460x460px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''

[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|688x688px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|796x796px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|612x612px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|611x611px]]
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|612x612px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|722x722px]]
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:

* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''

By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:

* calibrate the sensor
* change filtering level
* change network address
* select the sensor operating mode
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)
* set or change password
* calibrate the tank
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|574x574px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to the phone</big>''']]
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|566x566px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply</big>''']]
* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones</big>''']]Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Providing access to the C200M2 in the app</big>''']]
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|'''<big>Error failed to connect device after requesting permission</big>''']]
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type and level
# Current sensor level
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the "'''Calibration without fuel'''" slider ('''1''')
* Press "'''Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value "'''Full'''" ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (2), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|463x463px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|531x531px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click "'''Empty'''" ('''3''')
* The value "'''Empty'''" ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|408x408px]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|670x670px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the "'''Calibrate without fue'''l" switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press "'''Calibrate'''" ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal

Go to Settings

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]

Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wired mode settings mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

* '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol and MODBUS protocol'''. '''([[MODBUS ТД-500|description]])'''
* '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''
* '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently interrogate the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
* '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the terminal.
* '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the terminal (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|450x450px]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless|586x586px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|514x514px]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless|569x569px]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Tightening screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:Wired tank calibration mobile.png|frameless]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')
[[File:Start tank calibration folder.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.

Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').

In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.

The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|386x386px|'''<big>Editing a tank calibration line</big>''']]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>

== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required “'''Filtration'''” ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|654x654px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>

* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click “'''Remove'''”

[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS terminal</big>''' =

== General instructions ==
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|940x940px]]

Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.

To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).

'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''

Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.

== Connection diagrams ==
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS terminal and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram</big>''']]
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate</big>''']]
To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.<blockquote>'''<big>NOT WITH THE FUSE, BUT INSTEAD OF THE FUSE</big>'''</blockquote>
[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Wiring diagram for Frequency output</big>''']]

= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==

You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-500</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|460x460px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|533x533px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current sample sensor</big>''' ===
Also included with the sensor of the current sample is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|511x511px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|517x517px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|664x664px]]

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the former design</big>''' ==
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =
[https://docs.google.com/document/d/1KZYZBx8zbcA7TRlT8QX4W5yt2mHhz334fVjsXdTpS4c/edit]'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit Firmware update instructions]''' for sensors with serial number higher than 254483

'''[https://youtu.be/BVCs-LiWLVs There is also a video instructional guide]''' for sensors with serial number higher than 254483

'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/1KZYZBx8zbcA7TRlT8QX4W5yt2mHhz334fVjsXdTpS4c/edit Firmware update instructions]''' for sensors with serial number higher below 254483

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td500 downloads section of our website]'''

= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =

== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes - preferably by blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also necessary to flush the tank.

== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|853x853px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|684x684px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the terminal via RS-485</big>''' ==
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the terminal, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the terminal via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the terminal as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|579x579px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''']]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|555x555px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|550x550px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|544x544px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]
If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the terminal, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your terminal's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/12cmqjmKU7KKg6ms8wnTsv6Ttb1gohf8b/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =
[[File:TD-500 wiring.png|frameless|704x704px]]

= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft terminals have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the nav terminal without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://youtu.be/n_HxgImFvPs Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/npxXyVOtfh0 Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p6JkD-AuSHk UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker terminal.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|714x714px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|674x674px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS terminal

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|700x700px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01'''..., and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote'' ''control'' tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|717x717px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|718x718px]]

= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-500/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-500.pdf?v=070224170633 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/Jeskort-td-500/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td500 Download materials]</big>'''

TD-150

2025-06-20T10:17:46Z

ROMAN:

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[RU:TD-150| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-150| Versión en español]]
[[File:TD-150.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design of TD-150</big>''']]
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The TD-150 meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150.pdf?v=271022141709 technical data sheet of the device.]

= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''.

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-150 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 (Passive and Active)'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-9V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''Navigation terminal''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank[[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|787x787px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']][[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|874x874px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]

==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two_sensors_installed_diagonally.png|none|thumb|885x885px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]

'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

== '''<big>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</blockquote>
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|887x887px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|893x893px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]

'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|749x749px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|764x764px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|702x702px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 the configurator on a PC]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''<big>the configurator on a PC</big>'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://windowsreport.com/driver-signature-enforcement-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Escort%20driver%20C-200M2.zip?v=050623134319 drivers for the С200M2].

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|796x796px]]

After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').

[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|657x657px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:

[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|751x751px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor level
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)
# Current filtration type and degree
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|647x647px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''

[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|734x734px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel'''" slider ('''2''')
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|518x518px|'''<big>Centralizer</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|<big>'''Centralizer at the end of the tubes'''</big>]]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize (1)
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor
* Click '''"OK"'''

[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, CNT should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the Empty calibration value to the Full calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|655x655px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

[[File:Calibration values calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:

* From 1 to1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==

We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.

[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|733x733px]]

[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|669x669px]]

[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|667x667px]]

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal

Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wire mode settings.png|frameless|572x572px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.

- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote>

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').

[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|561x561px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|611x611px|'''<big>Before changing network address</big>''']]
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|614x614px|'''<big>After changing network address</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

= In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tank calibration menu in the application. =
Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:

* Connect sensor
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No”''' ('''1'''). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.
* Create an Excel table. Save it in '''.csv''' format. The first row of the table should look like this:
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The '''Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the '''Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote>

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]] [[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|355x355px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|443x443px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|446x446px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|499x499px]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless|446x446px]]
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]
If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.

The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''
|-
|'''Tank volume'''
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''
|'''<big>5</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''
|'''<big>10</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''
|'''<big>20</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>Over1000</big>'''
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''
|}
<blockquote><big>The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.</big></blockquote>You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|487x487px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|471x471px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|442x442px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''

[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|732x732px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|790x790px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|780x780px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|777x777px]]
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|781x781px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|776x776px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|768x768px]]
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android]</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:

* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''

By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:

* calibrate the sensor
* change filtering level
* change network address
* select the sensor operating mode
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)
* set or change password
* calibrate the tank
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|561x561px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to the phone</big>''']]
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|565x565px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply</big>''']]

* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones</big>''']]
* Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|688x688px|'''<big>Providing access to the C200M2 in the app</big>''']]
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|685x685px|'''<big>Error failed to connect device after requesting permission</big>''']]
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless|787x787px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type and level
# Current sensor level
# Connected sensor model

== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|928x928px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|408x408px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|513x513px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired settings page Full.png|frameless]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|759x759px]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless|768x768px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:

* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal

Go to Settings

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|806x806px]]

Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wired mode settings mobile.png|frameless|801x801px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|798x798px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''

- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently interrogate the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote>

=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|490x490px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|992x992px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===

The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|501x501px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|857x857px]]

== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Tightening screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:Wired tank calibration mobile.png|frameless|924x924px]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')
[[File:Start tank calibration folder wired.png|none|thumb|722x722px|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.

Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').

In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.

The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|381x381px|<big>'''Editing a tank calibration line'''</big>]]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless|763x763px]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''
</gallery>

== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|466x466px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|426x426px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 tank calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]

== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==
After tank calibration is completed, select the required “Filtration” ('''1''') and click “Set parameters” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|813x813px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]

== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless|719x719px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless|728x728px]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>

* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless|697x697px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''
[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless|673x673px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support..

= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS terminal</big>''' =

== '''<big>General instructions</big>''' ==
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|923x923px]]

Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.

To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).

'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''

Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.

== '''<big>Connection diagrams</big>''' ==
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS terminal and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram</big>''']]
[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Wiring diagram for Frequency output</big>''']]
[[File:Wired Analog mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Analog output wiring diagram</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''<big>The TD-150 sensor has analog mode always enabled; it does not need to be enabled in the configurator!</big>'''</blockquote>

== '''<big>Connection using a resistor</big>''' ==
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate</big>''']]

The sensors are supplied with 2 resistors. Each can be used in place of (but not in conjunction with) the supplied fuse.

'''The black resistor''' should be used if the sensor is powered by a '''12V''' power source. '''The red resistor''' should be used at higher voltages up to '''80V''' (up to '''40V''' to comply with the certificate of conformity).

The purpose of the resistor is to break the voltage supply line in case of overload and to prevent sparking in the hazardous area that could occur in this case.

[[File:Wired R with sensors.png|frameless|512x512px]]

To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.<blockquote>'''<big>NOT WITH THE FUSE, BUT INSTEAD OF THE FUSE</big>'''</blockquote>

= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==

You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-150</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|411x411px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|515x515px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]

Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current sample sensor</big>''' ===
Also included with the sensor of the current sample is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|432x432px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|435x435px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|555x555px]]

== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the former design</big>''' ==
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =
'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=116383505004193584732&rtpof=true&sd=true Firmware update instructions]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/BVCs-LiWLVs There is also a video instructional guide]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 downloads section of our website]'''

= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =

== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes - preferably by blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also necessary to flush the tank.

== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|786x786px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|722x722px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the terminal via RS-485</big>''' ==
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the terminal, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the terminal via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the terminal as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''' ]]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|572x572px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|585x585px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|665x665px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]
If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the terminal, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your terminal's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =
[[File:Pinout TD-150.png|frameless|828x828px]]

= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft terminals have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the nav terminal without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qmU9DQCO4Fc Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/JJZl-EsrUoQ Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/rFzWX8E97Bg UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker terminal.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|632x632px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|586x586px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS terminal

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|651x651px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01...''', and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote control'' tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|649x649px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|648x648px]]

= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150.pdf?v=271022141709 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 Download materials]</big>'''

TD-BLE

2025-06-20T10:03:04Z

ROMAN:

[[RU:TD-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-BLE| Versión en español]]
[[File:TD-BLE.png.png|thumb|Current TD-BLE design]]
= <big>'''Definition and purpose of the sensor'''</big> =
'''Escort''' fuel level sensors (FLS or sensors) are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. '''TD-BLE''' (sensor) is used in transportation as a fuel level meter and in the industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

TD-BLE is a completely wireless FLS with an autonomous powe supply. Sensor data is transmitted in the form of Bluetooth packets in '''Advertising''' mode; data sending frequency - every 3 seconds (software version 1.3.4 and later) and every second (software version 1.3.0 and earlier). The frequency of measurement by the fuel level sensor is every 10 seconds, regardless of the software version..

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-ble/Datasheet%20Escort%20TD-BLE.pdf?v=040723105730 technical data sheet of the device].

= '''<big>Basic terms and concepts</big>''' =
'''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' - device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TD_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Data transfer protocol''' - is a set of specific rules or conventions of a logical level interface that defines the exchange of data between various programs or devices. In the case of the TD-BLE sensor, the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[База BLE-RS485|Base BLE-RS485]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''Base BA-BLE''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS protocol.

= '''<big>TD-BLE sensor's design</big>''' =

=== '''<big>Design of the 1st generation TD-BLE</big>''' ===
[[File:Design of the 1st generation TD-BLE RU.png|834x834px]]

=== '''<big>Design of the 2nd generation TD-BLE</big>''' ===
[[File:Design of the 2nd generation TD-BLE ENG.png|834x834px]]

= '''<big>Connecting sensor to a smartphone</big>''' =
To configure the TD-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").

== '''Geolocation''' ==
Launch the app and activate Bluetooth and geolocation on your smartphone also check if application have access to geolocation.

[[File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|595x595px]] [[File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|593x593px]]

== '''<big>Connecting sensor</big>''' ==
[[File:Connection GIF.gif]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TD-BLE'''.

[[File:Sensor settings. Main page.png|frameless]] [[File:ConnectionTDBLE.png|frameless]]

Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the Connect button. On an Android device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in advertising mode will be displayed.

[[File:SensorSelection.png|frameless]] [[File:SensorAdvData.png|frameless]]

== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''.

[[File:SensorAddFeatures.png|frameless]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:SensorPasswordChangeMenu.png|frameless]]<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== '''<big>Main sensor parameters</big>''' ==
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:

# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor
# '''Level -''' indication of the fuel level in units in the range from 1 to 1023 or from 1 to 4095; This is not the volume in liters or gallons.
# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)
# Sensor '''CNT''' (its purpose will be explained later in the manual)
# Graphic scale of sensor filling
# The '''sensor's MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices
<gallery widths="400" heights="800" mode="nolines">
File:DataAndroid.png|<big>'''Page "Data" (Android)'''</big>
File:DataPageIos.png|<big>'''Page "Data" (iOS)'''</big>
</gallery>

'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage.

= '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' =
[[File:Callibration GIF.gif]]

== '''<big>CNT. What happens when you calibrate a sensor?</big>''' ==
After you have cut or extended the sensor tubes, you should calibrate it, that is, set the new '''Full''' and '''Empty''' calibration values. You can do this from the '''Settings''' menu on the sensor's main screen.

[[File:SettingsPageAndroid.png|frameless]]

The sensor's raw data - current level or CNT - changes according to how much fuel is inside its tubes.

Then, CNT is compared with the values Empty and Full.

If the '''tubes are empty''' and “'''CNT (1) ≈ calibration value Empty (2)'''”, level 1 '''(3)''' will be displayed.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="750">
File:SettingPageScreen.png|alt=
File:DataLevel.png|alt=
</gallery>If the '''tubes are full''' and “'''CNT (1) ≈ calibration value Full (2)'''”, level 1023 or 4095 '''(3)''' will be displayed.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="749">
File:SettingsFullCNT.png|alt=
File:DataFullLevel.png|alt=
</gallery>

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote><big>During sensor calibration, the current CNT is stored as a Full calibration value (if you pressed the '''Full''' button) or as an Empty calibration value (if you pressed the '''Empty''' button). Calibration values '''may''' differ from the current CNT after recording. A difference of ±1000 values is acceptable.</big></blockquote>

== '''<big>How and why to calibrate sensors?</big>''' ==
Initially, the sensor is calibrated to its original length. '''After you have cut or extended the tubes, you should recalibrate it.''' Set the new CNT values that the sensor has when its tubes are empty or filled with fuel.

Therefore you should:

* Insert the plastic centralizer provided into the tubes
[[File:Centralizer.png]] [[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|512x512px]]
* Fill the tubes with fuel by covering the drain holes with electrical tape and turning the sensor upside down or immersing the sensor in fuel so that the fuel reaches the flange of the sensor (the drain holes are open). The first method is preferable<gallery widths="350" heights="300" mode="nolines">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''
</gallery>
* Switch the "Calibration without fuel" slider to the inactive position '''(1)''' and press the '''Full''' button '''(2)''' after the level becomes Stable or the third digit from the end stops changing (for at least 2 minutes) '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:CalibrationWithFuel.png|alt=|'''Disable the option "Calibrate without fuel"'''
File:SettingsWithFuelFullStab.png|'''Click "Full" after the level has stabilized'''
</gallery>
* Then, drain the fuel from the tubes, wait 2-3 minutes, allowing the fuel to completely drain and the level to stabilize, and press '''"Empty"'''
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|none|thumb|660x660px|'''<big>Unblocking drain holes</big>''']]
[[File:SetEmpty.png|frameless]]

== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==
An alternative calibration method is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch '''(1)''' active (green) and press '''"Calibrate" (2)''' . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.<gallery widths="300" heights="600" mode="nolines">
File:Calibration without fuel.png|alt=|'''Calibration without fuel'''
File:CNT before calibration.jpg|alt=|'''Calibration values BEFORE calibration without fuel'''
File:CNT after calibration.jpg|alt=|'''Calibration values after calibration without fuel'''
</gallery>If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

There are two measuring ranges:

* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

Sensor does not sends level 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is level sent.

'''The sensor itself does not know what fuel will be used, so when calibrating without fuel the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''If possible, we recommend calibration with fuel. If tank calibration is not planned or is impossible, then calibration with fuel is a mandatory procedure.'''

== '''<big>When and how to choose a range - 1023 or 4095?</big>''' ==
The '''measuring range 1...1023''' is generally recommended for sensors '''shorter than 500 mm'''. The '''measurement range 1...4095''' is recommended in other cases.

To change the range, open the Settings menu and select one of two options from the '''"Maximum Level"''' drop-down menu '''(1)'''. After this, click on the '''“Set parameters” button (2)'''.<gallery widths="350" heights="650" mode="nolines">
File:SelectMaxLevel.png|alt=
File:SetLevel.png|alt=
</gallery>

== '''<big>How to check if the calibration is correct?</big>''' ==
The Empty calibration value must be at least 1.4 (after rounding) less than the Full calibration value.[[File:CorrectCalibration.png|none|thumb|667x667px|'''Correctly calibrated sensor''']]

= '''<big>Preparing the Tank and Sensor</big>''' =

== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank[[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|496x496px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|511x511px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']]
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank. [[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a drilled disc</big>''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://youtu.be/T0Pd6TOpuc8?si=xgub1mpjcEYOaHPp Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|784x784px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|752x752px]]

==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|654x654px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]

'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

== '''<big>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]
== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point. <blockquote><big>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</big></blockquote>
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|938x938px|'''Measuring height of the tank''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|942x942px|'''Measuring the length of tubes''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''Cutting the tubes''']]

'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|875x875px|'''Collet connection''']]

Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible..
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''Internal connection of the collet connection''']]

The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|752x752px|'''Collet connection installed''']]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel to see the real-time connection.]

== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TD-BLE of the former design</big>''' ==
[[File:Former design dimensions.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TD-BLE of the current design</big>''' ==
[[File:Current design dimensions.png|frameless|778x778px]]

[[File:TD-BLE dimensions, current design .png]]

= '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' =
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports. You can save the table to the sensor's memory so that the sensor immediately outputs volume values in liters/gallons. You do not need to enter a calibration table on the monitoring platform. The internal memory of the TD BLE sensor can hold up to 50 lines of the calibration table. The capacity of the table on the monitoring platform is usually larger.<blockquote>In addition, it is easier to change the table or correct errors in the calibration table when it is downloaded to the platform than if the table is stored in the sensor's memory</blockquote>In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) value pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100 L tank in ten 10 L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor, press the '''"Tank calibration"''' '''(2)''' button . But before that, in the '''"Settings" (3)''' menu , make sure that the filtering level is selected '''0 (4)'''. Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="600">
File:Settings Tank calibration.png|alt=
File:Tank calibration filtration.png|alt=
</gallery>Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click Resume to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click Resume, you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the '''Main Menu button (1)''' or using the drop-down menu '''(2)'''. Select the table and click on it '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''Start or Continue tank calibration'''
File:Folder search.png|'''Selecting the tank calibration table file for continuing tank calibration'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved '''(2)''' and click the button to select it '''(3)'''
[[File:Start tank calibration folder.png|none|thumb|Selecting a folder and creating new calibration files]]

Select the calibration type Manual '''(2).'''

Mathematical calibration '''(1)''' is [[TD-BLE#Mathematical calibration|shown in this article.]]

[[File:Selecting type of tank calibration .png]]

Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method '''(1, 2)'''. The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not

Next, give the table file a name '''(3)''' and set the serving size '''(4)'''.

'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.

After this, press Continue '''(5)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first line will have 0 liters and level 1. '''The Calibration''' mode will also be activated (available in firmware 1.3.3 and later). This means that the sensor starts measuring the level every 5 seconds instead of the usual 10 seconds. It will operate in this mode for the next 30 minutes. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1'''
File:Tank calibration mode notification.png|'''Tank calibration mode timer'''
</gallery>If the timer ends before you finish calibrating the tank, you can restart it by saving the table '''(1, 2)''', and then, returning to the previous menu '''(3)''', click Continue and select the table file. This way you will restart the timer and can continue calibrating the tank in the accelerated level measurement mode. Once you select your file, you will be asked to confirm your previously selected method and serving size.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''Resuming tank calibration'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes '''(3)''' and is displayed as Stable '''(4)''', press the + button '''(1)'''.

In this example, level '''(3)''' does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be '''Stable''' before you press the '''+''' button.

The following line '''(2)''' will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size '''(5)''' you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it '''(3)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''Adding the first portion to the tank'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|415x415px|'''Editing a tank calibration line''']]

If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the + button '''(1)'''. Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''Adding a second portion to the tank'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>

== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's imagine that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of caulk.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.

== '''<big>Calibration of tanks with complex shape</big>''' ==
'''If the tank has various curves''' or other features, you should '''reduce the size of the portions and increase the number of portions''' as the fuel rises to the area with the bend or other shape feature. Once the difficult part has been completed, you can return to your original portion size.

Let's imagine that you are calibrating a tank in 10-liter portions. The level rises to areas with complex shapes.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|alt=
File:Changing portion size.png|alt=
</gallery>You reduce the portion size from 10 liters to 5. And continue to add fuel portions until the difficult section is completed.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|357x357px]]

Once the fuel level is above the problem area, you can return to the original portion size of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you should have a calibration chart that looks similar to the one shown below.<gallery widths="400" heights="500">
File:Tank is full.png|alt=
File:Full table.png|alt=
</gallery>

== '''<big>What to do if the tank cannot be filled completely?</big>''' ==
If in your case the level does not reach the maximum range value of 1023 or 4095 due to the fact that the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry. If your table ends up like the following example, even though the range selected is 1 - 1023, this is acceptable
[[File:Tank calibration table in .csv format.png|none|thumb|'''Tank calibration table in .csv format''']]

== '''<big>How many portions should I add?</big>''' ==
The total number of portions depends on the capacity of the tank. Below is a table with guidelines.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank
|-
|Tank volume
|Number of portions
|Volume of each portion

(Tank Volume / Number of portions)
|-
|0-60
|10-20
|3-4
|-
|61-100
|12-20
|5
|-
|101-500
|10-50
|10
|-
|501-1000
|20-50
|20
|-
|Over a 1000
| colspan="2" |As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be
|}
<blockquote><big>The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.</big></blockquote>

== '''<big>Calibration of two communicating tanks without the possibility to shut off their communication</big>''' ==
First of all it is necessary to check whether it is possible to calibrate both tanks of the vehicle at the same time, because this is the main condition for this kind of calibration. Otherwise, fuel will take a long time to flow into the other tank, which will slow down the process of fuel level stabilization.

Simultaneous tank calibration can be performed either by using 2 smartphones connected to each of these two FLS, or by connecting both sensors to the Base BLE\RS-485 or BA-BLE Base.
[[File:Base RS-485 two sensors.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Simultaneous viewing of the fuel level of 2 TD BLE sensors connected to BLE\RS485 BASE</big>''']]
[[File:Connection of 2 sensors to BA-BLE.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Simultaneous viewing of the fuel level of 2 TD BLE sensors connected to BA-BLE</big>''']]

Thus, you can do the calibration by pouring portions of fuel into both tanks at the same time.

== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Tank calibration example FLS 1</big>''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Tank calibration example FLS 2</big>'''|458x458px]]

== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Tank calibration example FLS 1</big>''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Tank calibration example FLS 2</big>''']]

== '''<big>Mathematical calibration</big>''' ==
The mobile application has the ability to create a mathematical calibration table based on the tank size, this functionality is recommended to be used only on large tanks where it is not possible to perform manual calibration by filling/draining.

To create a mathematical calibration, go to the sensor calibration menu '''(2)'''

[[File:Settings Tank calibration.png|800x800px]]

Start calibration and select the file name and storage location in the phone memory and select the mathematical calibration mode.

[[File:Selecting math tank calibration.png]]

In the calibration menu, select the type of your tank '''(1)''' and fill in the tank size '''(2)''', by clicking on the question mark '''(3)''' next to the parameter you can call up a hint for this parameter.

[[File:Math tank calibration screen .png|800x800px]]

Select the range '''(1)''' set in the sensor settings (1023 or 4095), Specify the number of portions/calibration lines '''(2).'''

After filling in the required fields, click get table '''(3).'''

[[File:Finishing math tank calibration .png|800x800px]]

Now you can view and edit the resulting table, by clicking on the three dots '''(1)''' you can open a menu in which you can share the table file.

[[File:Sharing math tank calibration.png|800x800px]]

= '''<big>Filtration</big>''' =

After the calibration table is completed, select the filtration level '''(2)''' in the '''Settings''' menu '''(1)''' and click Set parameters (3).<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Settings Filtration.png|alt=
File:Filtration Selection.png|alt=
</gallery>The following are recommendations for selecting a filter level depending on the type of vehicle:
{| class="wikitable"
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''
|'''<big>Stationary objects or tanks</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>2-4</big>'''
|'''<big>Vehicles traveling on smooth paved roads</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>5-7</big>'''
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery</big>'''
|-
|'''<big>8-10</big>'''
|'''<big>Heavy quarry machinery</big>'''
|}
These are general recommendations

Basic rules:

* The shorter the sensor (<30cm), the higher the filtration should be set
* The closer the sensor is to one of the tank walls, the higher the filtration must be
* The more rough the road, the higher the filtration should be

Filtration reduces fuel level fluctuations that are caused by fuel splashing while driving.
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|795x795px|'''<big>Before and after enabling filtering on the sensor</big>''']]

= <big>'''Sealing and installation'''</big> =

== <big>'''Sensor sealing'''</big> ==

=== <big>Sealing TD-BLE of the former design</big> ===
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to the sensor, install the protective cover and thread the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against the end of the seal into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess seal wire.

[[File:Old design seal.png|frameless|480x480px]]

=== <big>'''Sealing TD-BLE of the current design'''</big> ===

You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:New design cap.png|'''<big>Protective cover TD-BLE</big>'''
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>TD-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:TD-BLE with cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''<big>TD-BLE with cap</big>''']]

Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350">
File:Installing TD-BLE seal.png|'''<big>Installing TD-BLE seal</big>'''
File:Installed TD-BLE seal.png|'''<big>Installed TD-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.
[[File:Removing seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''<big>Removing seal</big>''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing for TD-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
Also included with the current TD-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover
[[File:Alternative sealing step 1.png|frameless|433x433px]]
* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
[[File:Alternative sealing step 2.png|frameless|519x519px]]
* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal
[[File:Alternative sealing step 3.png|frameless|543x543px]]

== '''<big>Tank mounting and transmitter direction</big>''' ==
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.

For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.

[[File:Antenna direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]

== <big>'''How hard to screw in self-tapping screws'''</big> ==
[[File:How to hard to tighten the screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]

= <big>'''Black box'''</big> =
In order for the black box entries to have an up-to-date time reference, you need to '''synchronize''' the black box time with your smartphone time.

The app automatically requests time synchronization if it sees that the black box time is not synchronized.

You can also synchronize the time manually by going to the '''Advanced settings''' menu'''(1''') and clicking '''Synchronize time(2''').<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Addiitonal settings page.png|alt=
File:Synchronize time setting.png|alt=
</gallery>To receive data from the Black Box, being in the same Additional tab. Settings, click on the three dots in the upper right corner (1) and select Black Box (2). After this, you can select a period in days (3) and/or hours (4) and download data for the selected one (5) or for the entire period (maximum 30 days) (6). You can also clear the black box by deleting all entries.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Black box selection.png|alt=
File:Date Black box.png|alt=
</gallery>Then, click on the Save data button (1). A graph will appear on the screen. On the graph screen, you can also save the upload file to your phone’s memory (2) or send it via instant messengers or email (3).<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Downloading Black box.png|alt=
File:Saving Black box.png|alt=
</gallery>Also, graphs from the black box can be viewed on a PC using a calibration table through the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link Escort Charter application]

If you have previously saved data from the black box, you can display it by clicking on the graph icon in the upper right corner (1)

[[File:Previous graph.png|frameless]]

= <big>'''Additional settings'''</big> =
In the Additional settings menu, there is an option to disable temperature compensation '''(1).'''<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' It is not recommended to change the position of the temperature compensation switch '''(it should remain green)''' if you do not use your own temperature compensation algorithm.</blockquote>Data encryption '''(2)''' option works only when connecting with RS-485 BLE base or BA-BLE.

[[File:Additional settings tab.png|frameless|800x800px]]

== <big>'''Manually setting Full and Empty calibration values'''</big> ==

You can skip the sensor calibration step by entering sensor calibration values of the same length manually '''(1''') and pressing the Set button '''(2''').<blockquote>'''WARNING!!!''' Setting the calibration values manually is very likely to increase the error of the sensor. We do not recommend doing this! </blockquote>[[File:Manual calibration section.png|frameless]]

== <big>'''Saving a calibration table to the sensor memory'''</big> ==
If the calibration table is ready, you can '''save it to the sensor's memory so that the sensor will output volume values''' in liters/gallons.

To activate this function, go to the '''Additional settings''' menu '''(1)''' and press '''Conversion to liters (2)'''.<blockquote>This function is not recommended for use if your platform supports the use of a billing table, because to edit the table on the sensor you will need to travel to the sensor, while the table on the platform can be edited remotely at any time. </blockquote><gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Addiitonal settings page.png|alt=
File:Select recalculatee in litres.png|alt=
</gallery>After that you can activate the conversion to liters or gallons and enter the conversion table manually or by uploading a ready table file.

'''''If the table file is not selected - move it to another folder and try again, it is also desirable that the file name contains only digits'''''

Activate '''Conversion to liters(1''').

To create the table manually, select Level'''(2''') or Liters'''(3''') - in this case it can be any volume unit, enter the value'''(4''') and click on the arrow'''(5'''). Then, click on the three dots icon'''(6''') and then click Save to sensor ('''7''').<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="550">
File:Recalculate page.png|alt=
File:Recalculate page settings.png|alt=
</gallery>In order to import a table from the .csv file that you created earlier when calibrating the tank, click on the three dots icon (1), and then click Import from file (2). After that, find the desired file on your smartphone and click on it.

Save the imported table to the sensor (3)

[[File:Recalculate page settings 2.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =

== '''<big>Level does not change</big>''' ==
First of all, check if the '''conversion to liters has not been enabled'''.

If you did this without saving the table to the sensor’s memory, the sensor will not be able to display either the level or volume in liters.<gallery widths="350" heights="600">
File:Recalculate disabled.png|'''Recalculate in litres is disabled'''
File:Recalculate enabled.png|'''Recalculate in litres is enabled'''
</gallery>Another possible reason could be that the sensor has not been properly calibrated and its CNT is below the Empty calibration value. In this case, recalibrate the sensor.

Also, if you calibrated the sensor with fuel, it is possible that the sensor drain holes have remained closed and air trapped inside is preventing fuel from rising through the tubes.

== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

[[File:Level 7000.png|frameless]]

You should clean the sensor tubes - preferably by blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also necessary to flush the tank.

== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.
[[File:Level 6500.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Level 6500 and CNT below 10000</big>''']]
If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

== '''<big>Sensor is not connected or detected in the application</big>''' ==
First of all, check that the sensor is not connected to other devices. It can only be connected to one device at a time.

Then make sure Geolocation (Location) is enabled and the app has access to it.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|alt=
File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|alt=
</gallery>Check if the sensor is detected in the nRF Connect application.
[[File:Search in nRF connect.png|none|thumb|'''nRF Connect. Don't forget to click on the Scan button (upper right corner)''']]

If the sensor is detected, but the Escort configurator application does not see it, try connecting to other sensors in the application using the same smartphone.

Then, try loosening the screws securing the sensor to the tank.

If the sensor is still not detected or cannot be connected, open the cover and remove the battery. Check the voltage with a multimeter. If it is 3.2 V or higher, reinsert the battery and try to connect again.
[[File:Voltage check.png|none|thumb|605x605px|'''<big>Voltage control. Mode V is selected (range 20V); Black probe - COM connector, red probe - V connector</big>''']]

If none of the above helps, we recommend contacting our tech support.

== '''<big>Loss of communication with the tracker or error codes 65530, 0, 65532, -4</big>''' ==
The most common cause of communication loss is low signal strength between the tracker and the sensor.

It is recommended to measure the average signal strength at the tracker (RSSI) during installation. A good signal strength is considered to be between -35 dBm and -85 dBm.

If the signal strength is lower than optimal, it can be improved by pointing the sensor antenna towards the receiving device.

[[File:Antenna direction.png|frameless|585x585px]]

The main factor that affects the strength of signal reception is obstacles. Therefore, it is important to place the tracker in a location with as few obstacles as possible between it and the sensor.

If you cannot improve the signal quality of the tracker, you can use '''RS-485 BLE''' base or '''[[BA-BLE]]'''.With a base station, the signal should become more stable. If necessary, the base can be placed in a remote location away from the tracker where there is less obstruction to the signal, or it can be moved outside the cabin, as the base motherboard is protected with compound and has wind and moisture protection.

You can unload the data from the black box to check if there is data transmission from the sensor during moments of communication loss.

== '''<big>Tracker Communication Error Codes</big>''' ==
65530 - error code of Navtelecom trackers, it means loss of connection.

Some of the trackers can send 0 in the fuel level parameter as a loss of communication error code, the sensor can only send values 1-4095 and error codes 7000 and 6500.

Teltonika trackers can send 0 in the level parameter and -4\65532 in the temperature parameter as a loss of communication error code.

= '''<big>Firmware update (FW)</big>''' =
[[File:FW Update TD BLE.gif|frameless]]

To update the firmware on the TD-BLE:

* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory
* Connect to the sensor
*Go to “'''Additional Features'''”

[[File:SensorAddFeatures.png|frameless|741x741px]]

*Go to FW update

[[File:Switching to TD-BLE update mode.png|frameless|734x734px]]

*Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''

[[File:Start of TD-BLE update.png|frameless|732x732px]]

*The flashing process should start. '''Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!'''

[[File:TD-BLE update process.jpg|frameless|728x728px]]

*When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful

[[File:The TD-BLE update has been completed.jpg|frameless|741x741px]]

Firmware update via the IOS mobile application is shown in [https://youtu.be/rPsI1AdrTQs this video]

Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#tdble download section.]

The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.

= '''How to change the battery''' =
The sensors use two types of batteries '''SAFT LS14500''' and '''SAFT LS17500''' with capacities of '''2.6Ah''' and '''3.6Ah''' respectively.

The average consumption of the TD-BLE sensor is 42.5 µA.
[[File:Saft batteries LS 17500 and LS14500.png|none|thumb|398x398px|'''<big>Saft battery models LS 17500 and LS14500</big>''']]

== '''<big>Replacing the battery in the current design of TD-BLE</big>''' ==
Remove the sensor's protective cover using a screwdriver or other thin object.
[[File:Removing new design cap TD-BLE.png|none|thumb|421x421px|'''<big>Removing the TD-BLE protective cover</big>''']]
Remove the cover from the battery holder by unscrewing the screws holding it in place.
[[File:Sensor head without protective cover, with dedicated battery compartment mounts.png|none|thumb|410x410px|'''<big>Sensor head without protective cover, with dedicated battery compartment mounts</big>''']]
Carefully remove the top layer of lithol using a thin, non-sharp object.
[[File:Battery holder cavity filled with lithol.png|none|thumb|425x425px|'''<big>Battery holder cavity filled with lithol</big>''']]
Remove the battery. When replacing the battery, please note that the current TD-BLE may use a battery model that is different from the one that corresponds to the previous sensor housing; namely: Saft LS17500 (ordered as a separate option).
[[File:Saft batteries LS 17500 and LS14500.png|none|thumb|401x401px|'''<big>Saft batteries LS 17500 and LS14500</big>''']]

After you have replaced the battery and checked the functionality of the sensor using a mobile application, the holder with the battery inside should also be filled with lithol.

== '''<big>Replacing the battery in the older design of TD-BLE</big>''' ==
Example using a battery replacement kit

# Remove the cover from the fuel sensor by unscrewing the 8 screws.
# Remove the power source (battery) from the sensor body by carefully cutting it out of the transparent compound using a knife. (Damage to the printed circuit board and cutting of wires on the board are not allowed).
[[File:Cutting compound.png|frameless]]
[[File:TD-BLE removed battery older design.png|frameless]]
# Clean the sensor contacts from grease and remove any remaining compound.
[[File:TD-BLE older design clean contacts.png|frameless]]
# Install a new power source (battery) into the sensor housing and check the functionality and voltage of the power source. (Must be at least 3.4V).
# Remove the new power supply from the housing. Apply a thin layer of lithol lubricant using a syringe to two contacts. The lubricant should not get onto the center of the contact (Lithol lubricant serves as a barrier and protects against the compound flowing onto conductive contacts).
[[File:Litol syringe.png|frameless]]
# Install the power supply into the sensor housing. Check functionality.
# Apply a thin layer of lithol lubricant over the contacts.
[[File:TD-BLE older design installed battery.png|frameless]]
# Preparing the compound for filling the power source. To do this, you need to: - open the jar with component A (Fig. 5) and the bottle with component B (Fig. 6) - pour the contents of the bottle with component B into the jar with component A; - mix the two components for at least 2 minutes;
[[File:2-component compound from the repair kit.png|frameless]]
# Fill the power source with compound at the same level as the previous layer of compound, then leave it in the open air for at least 15 minutes. Do not leave areas of the power source unflooded! Bubbles are allowed in the pouring area.
[[File:TD-BLE older design with filled compound.png|frameless]]
# Check the functionality of the sensor.
# Install the cover and tighten the 8 screws. Operation can begin after 4 hours. The maximum strength of the silicone elastomer is achieved after 24 hours.

If the replacement is made without using a repair kit, it is also necessary to lubricate the contacts with lithol, it should be available for purchase in publicly accessible electronics/tool stores or online stores like Litol-24.

Instead of a 2-component compound, you can use oil-gasoline-resistant sealants that are neutral in acidity (on an acetic-free base)

=== Examples of sealants recommended by the community: ===
[[File:ABRO 999.png|none|thumb|'''<big>ABRO 999 RED</big>''']]
[[File:ABRO 999 GREY.png|none|thumb|'''<big>ABRO 999 GREY</big>''']]

= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =

* [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-ble/Datasheet%20Escort%20TD-BLE.pdf?v=040723105730 '''<big>Technical data sheet of the device</big>''']
* [https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/besprovodnoy-datchik-urovnya-topliva/eskort-td-ble/#active '''<big>Product page</big>''']
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#tdble Download materials]</big>'''
* '''<big>[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]</big>'''
* [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link '''<big>Escort Charter application</big>''']

TH-BLE

2025-03-27T06:35:59Z

ROMAN: /* Clasificación de los tipos de TH-BLE */

[[RU:TH-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TH-BLE| Versión en español]]

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[File:TH-BLE current design.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design of TH-BLE</big>''']]
The TH-BLE humidity and temperature meter (hereinafter referred to as the meter, product, sensor, TH-BLE) is designed to measure the temperature and humidity of the external environment.

The TH-BLE sensor reads air temperature and humidity values in the immediate vicinity of the measuring probe, estimates the remaining capacity of batteries; transmits the received measurement values via wireless communication channel to a tracker with BLE interface, a mobile device equipped with BLE interface or a BLE-BASE signal receiver. Depending on the version TH-BLE can also additionally measure illumination, determine the presence of magnetic field by hall sensor and monitor the state of two binary inputs (for limit switches).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=101024175211#page=15 technical data sheet of the device].

= '''<big>Basic terms and concepts</big>''' =
'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TH_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Data transfer protocol''' - is a set of specific rules or conventions of a logical level interface that defines the exchange of data between various programs or devices. In the case of the TH-BLE sensor, the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[База BLE-RS485|Base BLE-RS485]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''[[BA-BLE|Base BA-BLE]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS and Modbus protocol.

== '''<big>TH-BLE sensor's design</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with first generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE first generation design.png|frameless|679x679px]]

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with second generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE current generation design.png|frameless|622x622px]]

= '''<big>Classification of TH-BLE models</big>''' =
Today there are 3 models of TH-BLE presented in Table 1.
{| class="wikitable"
|+<big>Table 1</big>
!<big>Sensor image</big>
!<big>Sensor name</big>
!<big>Sensor characteristics</big>
|-
|[[File:TH-BLE Light 1.png|frameless|300x300px]]
|'''TH-BLE Light'''
|Temperature and humidity sensor
|-
|[[File:TH-BLE current design 1.png|frameless]]
|'''TH-BLE'''
|Temperature, humidity and magnetic field sensor (Hall sensor)
|-
|[[File:TH-BLE 2DIN 1.png|frameless]]
|'''TH-BLE 2DIN'''
|Sensor for temperature, humidity, magnetic field (Hall indicator), brightness and activity of digital inputs
|}

= '''<big>Connecting sensor to a smartphone</big>''' =
To configure the TH-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").

== '''<big>Geolocation</big>''' ==
Launch the app and activate '''Bluetooth''' and geolocation on your smartphone also check if application have access to '''geolocation'''.

[[File:Screenshot_20240221-094919_One_UI_Home.png|664x664px]] [[File:Screenshot_20240221-095105_Permission_controller.png|667x667px]]

== '''<big>Connecting sensor</big>''' ==

[[File:TH-BLE connection gif.gif|frameless]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TH-BLE'''.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor settings.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE select connection type.jpg|frameless]]

Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the Connect button. On an Android device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in advertising mode will be displayed.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor search.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE advertising data.jpg|frameless]]

== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Settings'''.

[[File:TH-BLE settings page selection.jpg|frameless]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:TH-BLE password input section.jpg|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== '''<big>Main sensor parameters</big>''' ==
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:

# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)
# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor (°C)
# '''Humidity''' measured by the sensor (%)
# '''Illuminance''' measured by the sensor (Lux)
# '''Hall sensor''' activity
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (red and black)
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (yellow and green)
# The format of the transmitted data. Changeable in the sensor settings
# The sensor's '''MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices

[[File:TH-BLE data page.jpg|frameless]]

'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage.

== '''Operation mode''' ==
All TH-BLE sensors have the option to change the data transmission from the digital inputs. Changing this setting changes the transmission format. On trackers without TH-BLE 2DiN package support, this will cause a transmission error.

[[File:TH-BLE digital inputs enabled.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs seletion.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs disabled.jpg|frameless]]

= '''<big>Black box</big>''' =
In order for the black box entries to have an up-to-date time reference, you need to '''synchronize''' the black box time with your smartphone time.

The app automatically requests time synchronization if it sees that the black box time is not synchronized.

You can also synchronize the time manually by going to the '''Settings''' '''menu(1''') and clicking '''Synchronize time(2''').

[[File:TH-BLE step settings selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE synch time option.jpg|frameless]]

To retrieve data from the Black Box, from the main page, select Black Box ('''1'''). After that, you can select the period in days ('''2''') and/or hours ('''3''') and download data for the selected period ('''4''') or for the whole period (maximum 30 days) ('''5'''). You can also clear the black box by deleting all records.

[[File:TH-BLE black box page selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE data download.jpg|frameless]]

Then, click on the '''Save data button''' ('''1'''). A graph will appear on the screen. On the graph screen, you can also save the upload file to your phone’s memory ('''2''') or send it via instant messengers or email ('''3''').

[[File:Downloading Black box.png|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE sharing black box data.jpg|frameless]]

Also, graphs from the black box can be viewed on a PC using a calibration table through the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link Escort Charter]

If you have previously saved data from the black box, you can '''display''' it by clicking on the '''graph icon''' in the upper right corner ('''1''')

[[File:Previous graph.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Sealing and installation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the former design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE former design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE current design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of current design DU-BLE.png]]

== <big>'''Sensor sealing'''</big> ==

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the former design'''</big> ===
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to it, install the protective cover and pass the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against its end into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess wire of the seal.

[[File:Sealing former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the current design'''</big> ===
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:New_design_cap.png|'''<big>Protective cover TH-BLE</big>'''
File:New_design_seal.png|'''<big>TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:TD-BLE_with_cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''<big>TH-BLE with cap</big>''']]

Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350">
File:Installing_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installing TH-BLE seal</big>'''
File:Installed_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installed TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.
[[File:Removing_seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''<big>Removing seal</big>''']]
[[File:Seal_after_removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing for TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
Also included with the current TH-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_1.png|frameless|433x433px]]

* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_2.png|frameless|519x519px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_3.png|frameless|543x543px]]

== <big>'''Mounting and transmitter direction'''</big> ==
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.

For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.

[[File:Antenna_direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]<blockquote><big>'''IMPORTANT! If it is necessary for the magnetic field sensor (or Hall sensor) of the TH-BLE to work properly, the magnet (e.g. from the installation kit) must physically touch the part of the device emphasized in the picture below.'''</big></blockquote>
[[File:Hall sensor TH-BLE.png|none|thumb|575x575px|'''<big>Hall sensor position in TH-BLE</big>''']]

== <big>'''How hard to screw in self-tapping screws'''</big> ==
[[File:How to hard to tighten the screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]

= '''Temperature calculation formula for the TH-BLE if transmitted as level reading. Configuration of a new sensor on the Wialon platform''' =
Formula for recalculating the TH-BLE sensor temperature when transferred to the level field:

''<big>Y=a*X+b</big>'',

where''<big>Y</big>''- is the temperature, measured by TH-BLE, ''<big>X</big>''- is the level, transmitted to the “Level” field by LLS, ''<big>а</big>'' and ''<big>b</big>'' – are chosen by the table 2
{| class="wikitable"
|+Table 2
!Range of the input parameter (X)
!a
!b
|-
|0-32767
|0,1
|0
|-
|32768-65535
|0,1
| -6553,5
|}

== '''<big>Example table for connection via BA-BLE</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE table for BA-BLE.png|none|thumb|750x750px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for BA-BLE</big>''']]

== '''<big>Example table for direct connection</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE direct connection table.png|none|thumb|740x740px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for direct connection</big>''']]

= '''Connection diagram''' =

== Wiring diagram for digital inputs ==
[[File:TH-BLE connection of digital inputs.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Firmware update (FW)</big>''' =

[[File:TH-BLE-FW gif.gif|frameless]]

To update the firmware on the TH-BLE:

* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory.
* Connect to the sensor
* Go to “'''Settings'''”
* Go to FW update
* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''
* The flashing process should start. Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!
* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful

Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble download section].

The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.

= '''Useful links''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=101024175211#page=15 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/escort-th-ble/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble Download materials]</big>'''
* '''<big>[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]</big>'''

File:TH-BLE 2DIN 1.png

2025-03-27T06:35:48Z

ROMAN:

TH-BLE 2DIN 1

File:TH-BLE current design 1.png

2025-03-27T06:35:07Z

ROMAN:

TH-BLE current design 1

File:TH-BLE Light 1.png

2025-03-27T06:33:58Z

ROMAN:

TH-BLE Light 1

TH-BLE

2025-03-27T06:29:47Z

ROMAN: /* Connecting sensor to a smartphone */

[[RU:TH-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TH-BLE| Versión en español]]

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[File:TH-BLE current design.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design of TH-BLE</big>''']]
The TH-BLE humidity and temperature meter (hereinafter referred to as the meter, product, sensor, TH-BLE) is designed to measure the temperature and humidity of the external environment.

The TH-BLE sensor reads air temperature and humidity values in the immediate vicinity of the measuring probe, estimates the remaining capacity of batteries; transmits the received measurement values via wireless communication channel to a tracker with BLE interface, a mobile device equipped with BLE interface or a BLE-BASE signal receiver. Depending on the version TH-BLE can also additionally measure illumination, determine the presence of magnetic field by hall sensor and monitor the state of two binary inputs (for limit switches).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=101024175211#page=15 technical data sheet of the device].

= '''<big>Basic terms and concepts</big>''' =
'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TH_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Data transfer protocol''' - is a set of specific rules or conventions of a logical level interface that defines the exchange of data between various programs or devices. In the case of the TH-BLE sensor, the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[База BLE-RS485|Base BLE-RS485]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''[[BA-BLE|Base BA-BLE]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS and Modbus protocol.

== '''<big>TH-BLE sensor's design</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with first generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE first generation design.png|frameless|679x679px]]

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with second generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE current generation design.png|frameless|622x622px]]

= '''<big>Clasificación de los tipos de TH-BLE</big>''' =
En el día de hoy se producen 3 tipos del TH-BLE presentados en la '''Tabla 1'''
{| class="wikitable"
|+<big>Tabla 1</big>
!<big>Imagen del sensor</big>
!<big>Nombre del sensor</big>
!<big>Características del sensor</big>
|-
|[[Archivo:TH-BLE Light 1.png|352x352px]]
|'''TH-BLE Light'''
|Sensor de temperatura y humedad
|-
|[[Archivo:TH-BLE diseño actual 1.png|382x382px]]
|'''TH-BLE'''
|Sensor de temperatura, humedad y campo magnético (indicador de Hall)
|-
|[[Archivo:TH-BLE 2DIN 1.png|358x358px]]
|'''TH-BLE 2DIN'''
|Sensor de temperatura, humedad, campo magnético (indicador de Hall), luminosidad y actividad de las entradas digitales
|}

= '''<big>Connecting sensor to a smartphone</big>''' =
To configure the TH-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").

== '''<big>Geolocation</big>''' ==
Launch the app and activate '''Bluetooth''' and geolocation on your smartphone also check if application have access to '''geolocation'''.

[[File:Screenshot_20240221-094919_One_UI_Home.png|664x664px]] [[File:Screenshot_20240221-095105_Permission_controller.png|667x667px]]

== '''<big>Connecting sensor</big>''' ==

[[File:TH-BLE connection gif.gif|frameless]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TH-BLE'''.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor settings.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE select connection type.jpg|frameless]]

Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the Connect button. On an Android device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in advertising mode will be displayed.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor search.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE advertising data.jpg|frameless]]

== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Settings'''.

[[File:TH-BLE settings page selection.jpg|frameless]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:TH-BLE password input section.jpg|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== '''<big>Main sensor parameters</big>''' ==
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:

# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)
# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor (°C)
# '''Humidity''' measured by the sensor (%)
# '''Illuminance''' measured by the sensor (Lux)
# '''Hall sensor''' activity
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (red and black)
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (yellow and green)
# The format of the transmitted data. Changeable in the sensor settings
# The sensor's '''MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices

[[File:TH-BLE data page.jpg|frameless]]

'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage.

== '''Operation mode''' ==
All TH-BLE sensors have the option to change the data transmission from the digital inputs. Changing this setting changes the transmission format. On trackers without TH-BLE 2DiN package support, this will cause a transmission error.

[[File:TH-BLE digital inputs enabled.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs seletion.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs disabled.jpg|frameless]]

= '''<big>Black box</big>''' =
In order for the black box entries to have an up-to-date time reference, you need to '''synchronize''' the black box time with your smartphone time.

The app automatically requests time synchronization if it sees that the black box time is not synchronized.

You can also synchronize the time manually by going to the '''Settings''' '''menu(1''') and clicking '''Synchronize time(2''').

[[File:TH-BLE step settings selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE synch time option.jpg|frameless]]

To retrieve data from the Black Box, from the main page, select Black Box ('''1'''). After that, you can select the period in days ('''2''') and/or hours ('''3''') and download data for the selected period ('''4''') or for the whole period (maximum 30 days) ('''5'''). You can also clear the black box by deleting all records.

[[File:TH-BLE black box page selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE data download.jpg|frameless]]

Then, click on the '''Save data button''' ('''1'''). A graph will appear on the screen. On the graph screen, you can also save the upload file to your phone’s memory ('''2''') or send it via instant messengers or email ('''3''').

[[File:Downloading Black box.png|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE sharing black box data.jpg|frameless]]

Also, graphs from the black box can be viewed on a PC using a calibration table through the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link Escort Charter]

If you have previously saved data from the black box, you can '''display''' it by clicking on the '''graph icon''' in the upper right corner ('''1''')

[[File:Previous graph.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Sealing and installation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the former design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE former design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE current design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of current design DU-BLE.png]]

== <big>'''Sensor sealing'''</big> ==

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the former design'''</big> ===
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to it, install the protective cover and pass the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against its end into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess wire of the seal.

[[File:Sealing former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the current design'''</big> ===
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:New_design_cap.png|'''<big>Protective cover TH-BLE</big>'''
File:New_design_seal.png|'''<big>TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:TD-BLE_with_cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''<big>TH-BLE with cap</big>''']]

Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350">
File:Installing_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installing TH-BLE seal</big>'''
File:Installed_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installed TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.
[[File:Removing_seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''<big>Removing seal</big>''']]
[[File:Seal_after_removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing for TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
Also included with the current TH-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_1.png|frameless|433x433px]]

* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_2.png|frameless|519x519px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_3.png|frameless|543x543px]]

== <big>'''Mounting and transmitter direction'''</big> ==
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.

For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.

[[File:Antenna_direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]<blockquote><big>'''IMPORTANT! If it is necessary for the magnetic field sensor (or Hall sensor) of the TH-BLE to work properly, the magnet (e.g. from the installation kit) must physically touch the part of the device emphasized in the picture below.'''</big></blockquote>
[[File:Hall sensor TH-BLE.png|none|thumb|575x575px|'''<big>Hall sensor position in TH-BLE</big>''']]

== <big>'''How hard to screw in self-tapping screws'''</big> ==
[[File:How to hard to tighten the screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]

= '''Temperature calculation formula for the TH-BLE if transmitted as level reading. Configuration of a new sensor on the Wialon platform''' =
Formula for recalculating the TH-BLE sensor temperature when transferred to the level field:

''<big>Y=a*X+b</big>'',

where''<big>Y</big>''- is the temperature, measured by TH-BLE, ''<big>X</big>''- is the level, transmitted to the “Level” field by LLS, ''<big>а</big>'' and ''<big>b</big>'' – are chosen by the table 1
{| class="wikitable"
|+Таблица 1
!Range of the input parameter (X)
!a
!b
|-
|0-32767
|0,1
|0
|-
|32768-65535
|0,1
| -6553,5
|}

== '''<big>Example table for connection via BA-BLE</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE table for BA-BLE.png|none|thumb|750x750px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for BA-BLE</big>''']]

== '''<big>Example table for direct connection</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE direct connection table.png|none|thumb|740x740px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for direct connection</big>''']]

= '''Connection diagram''' =

== Wiring diagram for digital inputs ==
[[File:TH-BLE connection of digital inputs.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Firmware update (FW)</big>''' =

[[File:TH-BLE-FW gif.gif|frameless]]

To update the firmware on the TH-BLE:

* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory.
* Connect to the sensor
* Go to “'''Settings'''”
* Go to FW update
* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''
* The flashing process should start. Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!
* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful

Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble download section].

The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.

= '''Useful links''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=101024175211#page=15 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/escort-th-ble/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble Download materials]</big>'''
* '''<big>[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]</big>'''

TH-BLE

2025-03-27T06:29:12Z

ROMAN: /* How hard to screw in self-tapping screws */

[[RU:TH-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TH-BLE| Versión en español]]

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[File:TH-BLE current design.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design of TH-BLE</big>''']]
The TH-BLE humidity and temperature meter (hereinafter referred to as the meter, product, sensor, TH-BLE) is designed to measure the temperature and humidity of the external environment.

The TH-BLE sensor reads air temperature and humidity values in the immediate vicinity of the measuring probe, estimates the remaining capacity of batteries; transmits the received measurement values via wireless communication channel to a tracker with BLE interface, a mobile device equipped with BLE interface or a BLE-BASE signal receiver. Depending on the version TH-BLE can also additionally measure illumination, determine the presence of magnetic field by hall sensor and monitor the state of two binary inputs (for limit switches).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=101024175211#page=15 technical data sheet of the device].

= '''<big>Basic terms and concepts</big>''' =
'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TH_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Data transfer protocol''' - is a set of specific rules or conventions of a logical level interface that defines the exchange of data between various programs or devices. In the case of the TH-BLE sensor, the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[База BLE-RS485|Base BLE-RS485]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''[[BA-BLE|Base BA-BLE]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS and Modbus protocol.

== '''<big>TH-BLE sensor's design</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with first generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE first generation design.png|frameless|679x679px]]

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with second generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE current generation design.png|frameless|622x622px]]

= '''<big>Connecting sensor to a smartphone</big>''' =
To configure the TH-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").

== '''<big>Geolocation</big>''' ==
Launch the app and activate '''Bluetooth''' and geolocation on your smartphone also check if application have access to '''geolocation'''.

[[File:Screenshot_20240221-094919_One_UI_Home.png|664x664px]] [[File:Screenshot_20240221-095105_Permission_controller.png|667x667px]]

== '''<big>Connecting sensor</big>''' ==

[[File:TH-BLE connection gif.gif|frameless]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TH-BLE'''.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor settings.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE select connection type.jpg|frameless]]

Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the Connect button. On an Android device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in advertising mode will be displayed.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor search.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE advertising data.jpg|frameless]]

== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Settings'''.

[[File:TH-BLE settings page selection.jpg|frameless]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:TH-BLE password input section.jpg|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== '''<big>Main sensor parameters</big>''' ==
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:

# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)
# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor (°C)
# '''Humidity''' measured by the sensor (%)
# '''Illuminance''' measured by the sensor (Lux)
# '''Hall sensor''' activity
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (red and black)
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (yellow and green)
# The format of the transmitted data. Changeable in the sensor settings
# The sensor's '''MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices

[[File:TH-BLE data page.jpg|frameless]]

'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage.

== '''Operation mode''' ==
All TH-BLE sensors have the option to change the data transmission from the digital inputs. Changing this setting changes the transmission format. On trackers without TH-BLE 2DiN package support, this will cause a transmission error.

[[File:TH-BLE digital inputs enabled.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs seletion.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs disabled.jpg|frameless]]

= '''<big>Black box</big>''' =
In order for the black box entries to have an up-to-date time reference, you need to '''synchronize''' the black box time with your smartphone time.

The app automatically requests time synchronization if it sees that the black box time is not synchronized.

You can also synchronize the time manually by going to the '''Settings''' '''menu(1''') and clicking '''Synchronize time(2''').

[[File:TH-BLE step settings selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE synch time option.jpg|frameless]]

To retrieve data from the Black Box, from the main page, select Black Box ('''1'''). After that, you can select the period in days ('''2''') and/or hours ('''3''') and download data for the selected period ('''4''') or for the whole period (maximum 30 days) ('''5'''). You can also clear the black box by deleting all records.

[[File:TH-BLE black box page selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE data download.jpg|frameless]]

Then, click on the '''Save data button''' ('''1'''). A graph will appear on the screen. On the graph screen, you can also save the upload file to your phone’s memory ('''2''') or send it via instant messengers or email ('''3''').

[[File:Downloading Black box.png|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE sharing black box data.jpg|frameless]]

Also, graphs from the black box can be viewed on a PC using a calibration table through the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link Escort Charter]

If you have previously saved data from the black box, you can '''display''' it by clicking on the '''graph icon''' in the upper right corner ('''1''')

[[File:Previous graph.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Sealing and installation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the former design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE former design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE current design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of current design DU-BLE.png]]

== <big>'''Sensor sealing'''</big> ==

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the former design'''</big> ===
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to it, install the protective cover and pass the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against its end into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess wire of the seal.

[[File:Sealing former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the current design'''</big> ===
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:New_design_cap.png|'''<big>Protective cover TH-BLE</big>'''
File:New_design_seal.png|'''<big>TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:TD-BLE_with_cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''<big>TH-BLE with cap</big>''']]

Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350">
File:Installing_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installing TH-BLE seal</big>'''
File:Installed_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installed TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.
[[File:Removing_seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''<big>Removing seal</big>''']]
[[File:Seal_after_removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing for TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
Also included with the current TH-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_1.png|frameless|433x433px]]

* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_2.png|frameless|519x519px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_3.png|frameless|543x543px]]

== <big>'''Mounting and transmitter direction'''</big> ==
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.

For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.

[[File:Antenna_direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]<blockquote><big>'''IMPORTANT! If it is necessary for the magnetic field sensor (or Hall sensor) of the TH-BLE to work properly, the magnet (e.g. from the installation kit) must physically touch the part of the device emphasized in the picture below.'''</big></blockquote>
[[File:Hall sensor TH-BLE.png|none|thumb|575x575px|'''<big>Hall sensor position in TH-BLE</big>''']]

== <big>'''How hard to screw in self-tapping screws'''</big> ==
[[File:How to hard to tighten the screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]

= '''Temperature calculation formula for the TH-BLE if transmitted as level reading. Configuration of a new sensor on the Wialon platform''' =
Formula for recalculating the TH-BLE sensor temperature when transferred to the level field:

''<big>Y=a*X+b</big>'',

where''<big>Y</big>''- is the temperature, measured by TH-BLE, ''<big>X</big>''- is the level, transmitted to the “Level” field by LLS, ''<big>а</big>'' and ''<big>b</big>'' – are chosen by the table 1
{| class="wikitable"
|+Таблица 1
!Range of the input parameter (X)
!a
!b
|-
|0-32767
|0,1
|0
|-
|32768-65535
|0,1
| -6553,5
|}

== '''<big>Example table for connection via BA-BLE</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE table for BA-BLE.png|none|thumb|750x750px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for BA-BLE</big>''']]

== '''<big>Example table for direct connection</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE direct connection table.png|none|thumb|740x740px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for direct connection</big>''']]

= '''Connection diagram''' =

== Wiring diagram for digital inputs ==
[[File:TH-BLE connection of digital inputs.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Firmware update (FW)</big>''' =

[[File:TH-BLE-FW gif.gif|frameless]]

To update the firmware on the TH-BLE:

* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory.
* Connect to the sensor
* Go to “'''Settings'''”
* Go to FW update
* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''
* The flashing process should start. Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!
* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful

Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble download section].

The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.

= '''Useful links''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=101024175211#page=15 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/escort-th-ble/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble Download materials]</big>'''
* '''<big>[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]</big>'''

File:Hall sensor TH-BLE.png

2025-03-27T06:27:09Z

ROMAN:

Hall sensor TH-BLE

TH-BLE

2025-03-27T06:22:51Z

ROMAN: /* Mounting and transmitter direction */

[[RU:TH-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TH-BLE| Versión en español]]

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[File:TH-BLE current design.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design of TH-BLE</big>''']]
The TH-BLE humidity and temperature meter (hereinafter referred to as the meter, product, sensor, TH-BLE) is designed to measure the temperature and humidity of the external environment.

The TH-BLE sensor reads air temperature and humidity values in the immediate vicinity of the measuring probe, estimates the remaining capacity of batteries; transmits the received measurement values via wireless communication channel to a tracker with BLE interface, a mobile device equipped with BLE interface or a BLE-BASE signal receiver. Depending on the version TH-BLE can also additionally measure illumination, determine the presence of magnetic field by hall sensor and monitor the state of two binary inputs (for limit switches).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=101024175211#page=15 technical data sheet of the device].

= '''<big>Basic terms and concepts</big>''' =
'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TH_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Data transfer protocol''' - is a set of specific rules or conventions of a logical level interface that defines the exchange of data between various programs or devices. In the case of the TH-BLE sensor, the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[База BLE-RS485|Base BLE-RS485]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''[[BA-BLE|Base BA-BLE]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS and Modbus protocol.

== '''<big>TH-BLE sensor's design</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with first generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE first generation design.png|frameless|679x679px]]

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with second generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE current generation design.png|frameless|622x622px]]

= '''<big>Connecting sensor to a smartphone</big>''' =
To configure the TH-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").

== '''<big>Geolocation</big>''' ==
Launch the app and activate '''Bluetooth''' and geolocation on your smartphone also check if application have access to '''geolocation'''.

[[File:Screenshot_20240221-094919_One_UI_Home.png|664x664px]] [[File:Screenshot_20240221-095105_Permission_controller.png|667x667px]]

== '''<big>Connecting sensor</big>''' ==

[[File:TH-BLE connection gif.gif|frameless]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TH-BLE'''.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor settings.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE select connection type.jpg|frameless]]

Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the Connect button. On an Android device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in advertising mode will be displayed.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor search.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE advertising data.jpg|frameless]]

== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Settings'''.

[[File:TH-BLE settings page selection.jpg|frameless]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:TH-BLE password input section.jpg|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== '''<big>Main sensor parameters</big>''' ==
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:

# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)
# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor (°C)
# '''Humidity''' measured by the sensor (%)
# '''Illuminance''' measured by the sensor (Lux)
# '''Hall sensor''' activity
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (red and black)
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (yellow and green)
# The format of the transmitted data. Changeable in the sensor settings
# The sensor's '''MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices

[[File:TH-BLE data page.jpg|frameless]]

'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage.

== '''Operation mode''' ==
All TH-BLE sensors have the option to change the data transmission from the digital inputs. Changing this setting changes the transmission format. On trackers without TH-BLE 2DiN package support, this will cause a transmission error.

[[File:TH-BLE digital inputs enabled.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs seletion.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs disabled.jpg|frameless]]

= '''<big>Black box</big>''' =
In order for the black box entries to have an up-to-date time reference, you need to '''synchronize''' the black box time with your smartphone time.

The app automatically requests time synchronization if it sees that the black box time is not synchronized.

You can also synchronize the time manually by going to the '''Settings''' '''menu(1''') and clicking '''Synchronize time(2''').

[[File:TH-BLE step settings selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE synch time option.jpg|frameless]]

To retrieve data from the Black Box, from the main page, select Black Box ('''1'''). After that, you can select the period in days ('''2''') and/or hours ('''3''') and download data for the selected period ('''4''') or for the whole period (maximum 30 days) ('''5'''). You can also clear the black box by deleting all records.

[[File:TH-BLE black box page selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE data download.jpg|frameless]]

Then, click on the '''Save data button''' ('''1'''). A graph will appear on the screen. On the graph screen, you can also save the upload file to your phone’s memory ('''2''') or send it via instant messengers or email ('''3''').

[[File:Downloading Black box.png|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE sharing black box data.jpg|frameless]]

Also, graphs from the black box can be viewed on a PC using a calibration table through the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link Escort Charter]

If you have previously saved data from the black box, you can '''display''' it by clicking on the '''graph icon''' in the upper right corner ('''1''')

[[File:Previous graph.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Sealing and installation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the former design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE former design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE current design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of current design DU-BLE.png]]

== <big>'''Sensor sealing'''</big> ==

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the former design'''</big> ===
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to it, install the protective cover and pass the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against its end into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess wire of the seal.

[[File:Sealing former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the current design'''</big> ===
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:New_design_cap.png|'''<big>Protective cover TH-BLE</big>'''
File:New_design_seal.png|'''<big>TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:TD-BLE_with_cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''<big>TH-BLE with cap</big>''']]

Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350">
File:Installing_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installing TH-BLE seal</big>'''
File:Installed_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installed TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.
[[File:Removing_seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''<big>Removing seal</big>''']]
[[File:Seal_after_removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing for TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
Also included with the current TH-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_1.png|frameless|433x433px]]

* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_2.png|frameless|519x519px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_3.png|frameless|543x543px]]

== <big>'''Mounting and transmitter direction'''</big> ==
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.

For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.

[[File:Antenna_direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]

<big>¡IMPORTANTE! Si es necesario que el sensor del campo magnético (o sensor Hall) del TH-BLE funcione correctamente, el imán (por ejemplo, desde el kit de instalación) debe fisicamente tocar la parte del dispositivo enfatizada en la siguiente foto.</big>'''</blockquote>
[[Archivo:Ubicación de sensor Hall en TH-BLE.png|centro|miniaturadeimagen|759x759px|'''<big>Ubicación del sensor Hall en TH-BLE</big>''']]

== <big>'''How hard to screw in self-tapping screws'''</big> ==
[[File:How to hard to tighten the screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]

= '''Temperature calculation formula for the TH-BLE if transmitted as level reading. Configuration of a new sensor on the Wialon platform''' =
Formula for recalculating the TH-BLE sensor temperature when transferred to the level field:

''<big>Y=a*X+b</big>'',

where''<big>Y</big>''- is the temperature, measured by TH-BLE, ''<big>X</big>''- is the level, transmitted to the “Level” field by LLS, ''<big>а</big>'' and ''<big>b</big>'' – are chosen by the table 1
{| class="wikitable"
|+Таблица 1
!Range of the input parameter (X)
!a
!b
|-
|0-32767
|0,1
|0
|-
|32768-65535
|0,1
| -6553,5
|}

== '''<big>Example table for connection via BA-BLE</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE table for BA-BLE.png|none|thumb|750x750px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for BA-BLE</big>''']]

== '''<big>Example table for direct connection</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE direct connection table.png|none|thumb|740x740px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for direct connection</big>''']]

= '''Connection diagram''' =

== Wiring diagram for digital inputs ==
[[File:TH-BLE connection of digital inputs.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Firmware update (FW)</big>''' =

[[File:TH-BLE-FW gif.gif|frameless]]

To update the firmware on the TH-BLE:

* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory.
* Connect to the sensor
* Go to “'''Settings'''”
* Go to FW update
* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''
* The flashing process should start. Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!
* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful

Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble download section].

The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.

= '''Useful links''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=101024175211#page=15 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/escort-th-ble/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble Download materials]</big>'''
* '''<big>[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]</big>'''

Main Page

2025-03-21T08:16:40Z

ROMAN:

[[RU:Заглавная_страница| Русская версия]]
[[es:Página_principal| Versión en español]]

'''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/ Our website]'''

[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/news/ '''News''']

'''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/ Products page]'''

'''Email: info@fmeter.ru'''
{| class="wikitable"
|+Tech support contacts
!Email
!'''help@escortsensors.com'''
|-
!
[[File:Telegram.png|frameless| 58x58px]]

|[https://t.me/resolve?domain=Escort_tech_Bot '''Telegram''']
|-
|
[[File:WhatsApp.png|frameless| 59x59px]]

|[https://wa.me/79600464665 '''WhatsApp''']
|-
|
[[File:VIBER.png|frameless| 57x57px]]

|[{{fullurl:Special:OutboundClick/{{urlencode:viber://pa?chatURI=example}}|external}} '''Viber''']
|}
{| class="wikitable"
|+'''<big>Our sensors</big>'''
|
[[File:TD-BLE.png| frameless|300x300px]]
|'''<big>TD-BLE</big>'''
|[[Special:MyLanguage/TD-BLE|'''<big>Manual</big>''']]
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/besprovodnoy-datchik-urovnya-topliva/eskort-td-ble/#active '''<big>Product page</big>''']

[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#tdble '''<big>Download materials</big>''']
|-
|
[[File:TD-150.png| frameless]]

|'''<big>TD-150</big>'''
|'''<big>[[TD-150|Manual]]</big>'''
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/#active '''<big>Product page</big>''']

[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 '''<big>Download materials</big>''']
|-
|[[File:TD-500 design current.png|frameless]]
|'''<big>TD-500</big>'''
|'''<big>[[TD-500|Manual]]</big>'''

[https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/Jeskort-td-500/#active '''<big>Product page</big>''']

[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td500 '''<big>Download materials</big>''']
|-
|[[File:TD-600.png|frameless]]
|'''<big>TD-600</big>'''
|'''<big>[[TD-600|Manual]]</big>'''

[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/#active '''<big>Product page</big>''']

[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td600 '''<big>Download materials</big>''']
|-
|
[[File:Current DU-BLE design.png|300x300px]]

|'''<big>DU-BLE</big>'''
|'''<big>[[DU-BLE|Manual]]</big>'''
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/besprovodnoy-datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-ble/#active '''<big>Product page</big>''']

[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#escort-duble '''<big>Download materials</big>''']
|-
|
[[File:BA-BLE.png| frameless]]

|'''<big>BA-BLE</big>'''
|[[Special:MyLanguage/BA-BLE|'''<big>Manual</big>''']]
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wired-base/ba-ble-5-0-lr/#active '''<big>Product page</big>''']

[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#wiredbase '''<big>Download materials</big>''']
|-
|[[File:Imageewqe121.png|left|frameless]]

|'''<big>ID-TAG</big>'''
|[[Special:MyLanguage/ID-TAG|'''<big>Manual</big>''']]
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wireless-tag/escort-tag/#active '''<big>Product page</big>''']

[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#wirelessetag '''<big>Download materials</big>''']
|-
|[[File:TD-150 BLE.png|frameless]]
|'''TD-150 BLE'''
|'''[[TD-150-BLE|<big>Manual</big>]]
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/escort-td-150-ble/#active <big>'''Product page'''</big>]

[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#TD150BLE '''<big>Download materials</big>''']
|-
|[[File:DB-2.png|300x300px]]
|'''<big>DB-2</big>'''
|'''<big>[[DB-2|Manual]]</big>'''
<big>'''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-sypuchih-produktov/jeskort-DB-2/ Product page]'''</big>

'''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/?product=DB2#du180 Download materials]</big>'''
|-
|
[[File:TH-BLE.png| frameless]]

|'''<big>TH-BLE</big>'''
|'''<big>[[TH-BLE|Manual]]</big>'''

[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/escort-th-ble/#active '''<big>Product page</big>''']

[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble '''<big>Download materials</big>''']
|-
|[[File:Imagesadasd2131.png|center|frameless]]
|'''<big>Indicator</big>'''
'''<big>i-5</big>'''
|
* '''<big>[https://wikien.fmeter.ru/index.php/I5 Manual]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#escort-i-5 Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/digital-display/escort-i-5/#active Download materials]</big>'''
|-
|[[File:Image1.png|right|frameless]]
|'''<big>eCargosens</big>'''
|
* '''<big>[[eCargosens|Manual]]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/ecargosens/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#ecargosens Download materials]</big>'''
|-
|[[File:Current_design_of_ALS.jpg|left|363x363px]]
|'''ALS'''
|
* '''<big>[[ALS|Manual]]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/water-level-sensor/escort-als/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#ALS Download materials]</big>'''
|-
|[[File:Imagedasd 21 211.png|center|frameless]]
|'''<big>DU-180</big>'''
|
* '''<big>[[DU-180|Manual]]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-ugla-naklona/jeskort-DU-180/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#du180 Download materials]</big>'''
|}

[[File:You-Tube.png| frameless]]
[https://www.youtube.com/@escortsensors1697 YouTube channel]

TH-BLE

2025-03-13T07:11:23Z

ROMAN: /* Basic terms and concepts */

[[RU:TH-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TH-BLE| Versión en español]]

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[File:TH-BLE current design.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design of TH-BLE</big>''']]
The TH-BLE humidity and temperature meter (hereinafter referred to as the meter, product, sensor, TH-BLE) is designed to measure the temperature and humidity of the external environment.

The TH-BLE sensor reads air temperature and humidity values in the immediate vicinity of the measuring probe, estimates the remaining capacity of batteries; transmits the received measurement values via wireless communication channel to a tracker with BLE interface, a mobile device equipped with BLE interface or a BLE-BASE signal receiver. Depending on the version TH-BLE can also additionally measure illumination, determine the presence of magnetic field by hall sensor and monitor the state of two binary inputs (for limit switches).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=101024175211#page=15 technical data sheet of the device].

= '''<big>Basic terms and concepts</big>''' =
'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TH_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Data transfer protocol''' - is a set of specific rules or conventions of a logical level interface that defines the exchange of data between various programs or devices. In the case of the TH-BLE sensor, the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[База BLE-RS485|Base BLE-RS485]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''[[BA-BLE|Base BA-BLE]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS and Modbus protocol.

== '''<big>TH-BLE sensor's design</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with first generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE first generation design.png|frameless|679x679px]]

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with second generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE current generation design.png|frameless|622x622px]]

= '''<big>Connecting sensor to a smartphone</big>''' =
To configure the TH-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").

== '''<big>Geolocation</big>''' ==
Launch the app and activate '''Bluetooth''' and geolocation on your smartphone also check if application have access to '''geolocation'''.

[[File:Screenshot_20240221-094919_One_UI_Home.png|664x664px]] [[File:Screenshot_20240221-095105_Permission_controller.png|667x667px]]

== '''<big>Connecting sensor</big>''' ==

[[File:TH-BLE connection gif.gif|frameless]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TH-BLE'''.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor settings.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE select connection type.jpg|frameless]]

Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the Connect button. On an Android device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in advertising mode will be displayed.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor search.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE advertising data.jpg|frameless]]

== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Settings'''.

[[File:TH-BLE settings page selection.jpg|frameless]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:TH-BLE password input section.jpg|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== '''<big>Main sensor parameters</big>''' ==
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:

# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)
# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor (°C)
# '''Humidity''' measured by the sensor (%)
# '''Illuminance''' measured by the sensor (Lux)
# '''Hall sensor''' activity
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (red and black)
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (yellow and green)
# The format of the transmitted data. Changeable in the sensor settings
# The sensor's '''MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices

[[File:TH-BLE data page.jpg|frameless]]

'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage.

== '''Operation mode''' ==
All TH-BLE sensors have the option to change the data transmission from the digital inputs. Changing this setting changes the transmission format. On trackers without TH-BLE 2DiN package support, this will cause a transmission error.

[[File:TH-BLE digital inputs enabled.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs seletion.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs disabled.jpg|frameless]]

= '''<big>Black box</big>''' =
In order for the black box entries to have an up-to-date time reference, you need to '''synchronize''' the black box time with your smartphone time.

The app automatically requests time synchronization if it sees that the black box time is not synchronized.

You can also synchronize the time manually by going to the '''Settings''' '''menu(1''') and clicking '''Synchronize time(2''').

[[File:TH-BLE step settings selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE synch time option.jpg|frameless]]

To retrieve data from the Black Box, from the main page, select Black Box ('''1'''). After that, you can select the period in days ('''2''') and/or hours ('''3''') and download data for the selected period ('''4''') or for the whole period (maximum 30 days) ('''5'''). You can also clear the black box by deleting all records.

[[File:TH-BLE black box page selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE data download.jpg|frameless]]

Then, click on the '''Save data button''' ('''1'''). A graph will appear on the screen. On the graph screen, you can also save the upload file to your phone’s memory ('''2''') or send it via instant messengers or email ('''3''').

[[File:Downloading Black box.png|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE sharing black box data.jpg|frameless]]

Also, graphs from the black box can be viewed on a PC using a calibration table through the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link Escort Charter]

If you have previously saved data from the black box, you can '''display''' it by clicking on the '''graph icon''' in the upper right corner ('''1''')

[[File:Previous graph.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Sealing and installation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the former design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE former design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE current design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of current design DU-BLE.png]]

== <big>'''Sensor sealing'''</big> ==

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the former design'''</big> ===
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to it, install the protective cover and pass the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against its end into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess wire of the seal.

[[File:Sealing former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the current design'''</big> ===
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:New_design_cap.png|'''<big>Protective cover TH-BLE</big>'''
File:New_design_seal.png|'''<big>TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:TD-BLE_with_cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''<big>TH-BLE with cap</big>''']]

Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350">
File:Installing_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installing TH-BLE seal</big>'''
File:Installed_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installed TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.
[[File:Removing_seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''<big>Removing seal</big>''']]
[[File:Seal_after_removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing for TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
Also included with the current TH-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_1.png|frameless|433x433px]]

* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_2.png|frameless|519x519px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_3.png|frameless|543x543px]]

== <big>'''Mounting and transmitter direction'''</big> ==
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.

For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.

[[File:Antenna_direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]

== <big>'''How hard to screw in self-tapping screws'''</big> ==
[[File:How to hard to tighten the screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]

= '''Temperature calculation formula for the TH-BLE if transmitted as level reading. Configuration of a new sensor on the Wialon platform''' =
Formula for recalculating the TH-BLE sensor temperature when transferred to the level field:

''<big>Y=a*X+b</big>'',

where''<big>Y</big>''- is the temperature, measured by TH-BLE, ''<big>X</big>''- is the level, transmitted to the “Level” field by LLS, ''<big>а</big>'' and ''<big>b</big>'' – are chosen by the table 1
{| class="wikitable"
|+Таблица 1
!Range of the input parameter (X)
!a
!b
|-
|0-32767
|0,1
|0
|-
|32768-65535
|0,1
| -6553,5
|}

== '''<big>Example table for connection via BA-BLE</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE table for BA-BLE.png|none|thumb|750x750px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for BA-BLE</big>''']]

== '''<big>Example table for direct connection</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE direct connection table.png|none|thumb|740x740px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for direct connection</big>''']]

= '''Connection diagram''' =

== Wiring diagram for digital inputs ==
[[File:TH-BLE connection of digital inputs.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Firmware update (FW)</big>''' =

[[File:TH-BLE-FW gif.gif|frameless]]

To update the firmware on the TH-BLE:

* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory.
* Connect to the sensor
* Go to “'''Settings'''”
* Go to FW update
* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''
* The flashing process should start. Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!
* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful

Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble download section].

The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.

= '''Useful links''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=101024175211#page=15 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/escort-th-ble/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble Download materials]</big>'''
* '''<big>[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]</big>'''

TH-BLE

2025-03-13T07:08:45Z

ROMAN: /* Firmware update (FW) */

[[RU:TH-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TH-BLE| Versión en español]]

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[File:TH-BLE current design.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design of TH-BLE</big>''']]
The TH-BLE humidity and temperature meter (hereinafter referred to as the meter, product, sensor, TH-BLE) is designed to measure the temperature and humidity of the external environment.

The TH-BLE sensor reads air temperature and humidity values in the immediate vicinity of the measuring probe, estimates the remaining capacity of batteries; transmits the received measurement values via wireless communication channel to a tracker with BLE interface, a mobile device equipped with BLE interface or a BLE-BASE signal receiver. Depending on the version TH-BLE can also additionally measure illumination, determine the presence of magnetic field by hall sensor and monitor the state of two binary inputs (for limit switches).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=101024175211#page=15 technical data sheet of the device].

= '''<big>Basic terms and concepts</big>''' =
'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TH_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Data transfer protocol''' - is a set of specific rules or conventions of a logical level interface that defines the exchange of data between various programs or devices. In the case of the TH-BLE sensor, the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[База BLE-RS485|Base BLE-RS485]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''Base BA-BLE''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS and Modbus protocol.

== '''<big>TH-BLE sensor's design</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with first generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE first generation design.png|frameless|679x679px]]

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with second generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE current generation design.png|frameless|622x622px]]

= '''<big>Connecting sensor to a smartphone</big>''' =
To configure the TH-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").

== '''<big>Geolocation</big>''' ==
Launch the app and activate '''Bluetooth''' and geolocation on your smartphone also check if application have access to '''geolocation'''.

[[File:Screenshot_20240221-094919_One_UI_Home.png|664x664px]] [[File:Screenshot_20240221-095105_Permission_controller.png|667x667px]]

== '''<big>Connecting sensor</big>''' ==

[[File:TH-BLE connection gif.gif|frameless]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TH-BLE'''.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor settings.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE select connection type.jpg|frameless]]

Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the Connect button. On an Android device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in advertising mode will be displayed.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor search.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE advertising data.jpg|frameless]]

== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Settings'''.

[[File:TH-BLE settings page selection.jpg|frameless]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:TH-BLE password input section.jpg|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== '''<big>Main sensor parameters</big>''' ==
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:

# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)
# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor (°C)
# '''Humidity''' measured by the sensor (%)
# '''Illuminance''' measured by the sensor (Lux)
# '''Hall sensor''' activity
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (red and black)
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (yellow and green)
# The format of the transmitted data. Changeable in the sensor settings
# The sensor's '''MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices

[[File:TH-BLE data page.jpg|frameless]]

'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage.

== '''Operation mode''' ==
All TH-BLE sensors have the option to change the data transmission from the digital inputs. Changing this setting changes the transmission format. On trackers without TH-BLE 2DiN package support, this will cause a transmission error.

[[File:TH-BLE digital inputs enabled.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs seletion.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs disabled.jpg|frameless]]

= '''<big>Black box</big>''' =
In order for the black box entries to have an up-to-date time reference, you need to '''synchronize''' the black box time with your smartphone time.

The app automatically requests time synchronization if it sees that the black box time is not synchronized.

You can also synchronize the time manually by going to the '''Settings''' '''menu(1''') and clicking '''Synchronize time(2''').

[[File:TH-BLE step settings selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE synch time option.jpg|frameless]]

To retrieve data from the Black Box, from the main page, select Black Box ('''1'''). After that, you can select the period in days ('''2''') and/or hours ('''3''') and download data for the selected period ('''4''') or for the whole period (maximum 30 days) ('''5'''). You can also clear the black box by deleting all records.

[[File:TH-BLE black box page selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE data download.jpg|frameless]]

Then, click on the '''Save data button''' ('''1'''). A graph will appear on the screen. On the graph screen, you can also save the upload file to your phone’s memory ('''2''') or send it via instant messengers or email ('''3''').

[[File:Downloading Black box.png|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE sharing black box data.jpg|frameless]]

Also, graphs from the black box can be viewed on a PC using a calibration table through the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link Escort Charter]

If you have previously saved data from the black box, you can '''display''' it by clicking on the '''graph icon''' in the upper right corner ('''1''')

[[File:Previous graph.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Sealing and installation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the former design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE former design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE current design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of current design DU-BLE.png]]

== <big>'''Sensor sealing'''</big> ==

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the former design'''</big> ===
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to it, install the protective cover and pass the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against its end into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess wire of the seal.

[[File:Sealing former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the current design'''</big> ===
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:New_design_cap.png|'''<big>Protective cover TH-BLE</big>'''
File:New_design_seal.png|'''<big>TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:TD-BLE_with_cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''<big>TH-BLE with cap</big>''']]

Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350">
File:Installing_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installing TH-BLE seal</big>'''
File:Installed_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installed TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.
[[File:Removing_seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''<big>Removing seal</big>''']]
[[File:Seal_after_removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing for TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
Also included with the current TH-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_1.png|frameless|433x433px]]

* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_2.png|frameless|519x519px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_3.png|frameless|543x543px]]

== <big>'''Mounting and transmitter direction'''</big> ==
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.

For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.

[[File:Antenna_direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]

== <big>'''How hard to screw in self-tapping screws'''</big> ==
[[File:How to hard to tighten the screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]

= '''Temperature calculation formula for the TH-BLE if transmitted as level reading. Configuration of a new sensor on the Wialon platform''' =
Formula for recalculating the TH-BLE sensor temperature when transferred to the level field:

''<big>Y=a*X+b</big>'',

where''<big>Y</big>''- is the temperature, measured by TH-BLE, ''<big>X</big>''- is the level, transmitted to the “Level” field by LLS, ''<big>а</big>'' and ''<big>b</big>'' – are chosen by the table 1
{| class="wikitable"
|+Таблица 1
!Range of the input parameter (X)
!a
!b
|-
|0-32767
|0,1
|0
|-
|32768-65535
|0,1
| -6553,5
|}

== '''<big>Example table for connection via BA-BLE</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE table for BA-BLE.png|none|thumb|750x750px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for BA-BLE</big>''']]

== '''<big>Example table for direct connection</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE direct connection table.png|none|thumb|740x740px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for direct connection</big>''']]

= '''Connection diagram''' =

== Wiring diagram for digital inputs ==
[[File:TH-BLE connection of digital inputs.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Firmware update (FW)</big>''' =

[[File:TH-BLE-FW gif.gif|frameless]]

To update the firmware on the TH-BLE:

* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory.
* Connect to the sensor
* Go to “'''Settings'''”
* Go to FW update
* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''
* The flashing process should start. Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!
* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful

Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble download section].

The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.

= '''Useful links''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=101024175211#page=15 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/escort-th-ble/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble Download materials]</big>'''
* '''<big>[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]</big>'''

TH-BLE

2025-03-13T07:08:33Z

ROMAN: /* Firmware update (FW) */

[[RU:TH-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TH-BLE| Versión en español]]

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[File:TH-BLE current design.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design of TH-BLE</big>''']]
The TH-BLE humidity and temperature meter (hereinafter referred to as the meter, product, sensor, TH-BLE) is designed to measure the temperature and humidity of the external environment.

The TH-BLE sensor reads air temperature and humidity values in the immediate vicinity of the measuring probe, estimates the remaining capacity of batteries; transmits the received measurement values via wireless communication channel to a tracker with BLE interface, a mobile device equipped with BLE interface or a BLE-BASE signal receiver. Depending on the version TH-BLE can also additionally measure illumination, determine the presence of magnetic field by hall sensor and monitor the state of two binary inputs (for limit switches).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=101024175211#page=15 technical data sheet of the device].

= '''<big>Basic terms and concepts</big>''' =
'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TH_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Data transfer protocol''' - is a set of specific rules or conventions of a logical level interface that defines the exchange of data between various programs or devices. In the case of the TH-BLE sensor, the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[База BLE-RS485|Base BLE-RS485]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''Base BA-BLE''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS and Modbus protocol.

== '''<big>TH-BLE sensor's design</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with first generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE first generation design.png|frameless|679x679px]]

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with second generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE current generation design.png|frameless|622x622px]]

= '''<big>Connecting sensor to a smartphone</big>''' =
To configure the TH-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").

== '''<big>Geolocation</big>''' ==
Launch the app and activate '''Bluetooth''' and geolocation on your smartphone also check if application have access to '''geolocation'''.

[[File:Screenshot_20240221-094919_One_UI_Home.png|664x664px]] [[File:Screenshot_20240221-095105_Permission_controller.png|667x667px]]

== '''<big>Connecting sensor</big>''' ==

[[File:TH-BLE connection gif.gif|frameless]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TH-BLE'''.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor settings.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE select connection type.jpg|frameless]]

Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the Connect button. On an Android device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in advertising mode will be displayed.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor search.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE advertising data.jpg|frameless]]

== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Settings'''.

[[File:TH-BLE settings page selection.jpg|frameless]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:TH-BLE password input section.jpg|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== '''<big>Main sensor parameters</big>''' ==
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:

# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)
# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor (°C)
# '''Humidity''' measured by the sensor (%)
# '''Illuminance''' measured by the sensor (Lux)
# '''Hall sensor''' activity
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (red and black)
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (yellow and green)
# The format of the transmitted data. Changeable in the sensor settings
# The sensor's '''MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices

[[File:TH-BLE data page.jpg|frameless]]

'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage.

== '''Operation mode''' ==
All TH-BLE sensors have the option to change the data transmission from the digital inputs. Changing this setting changes the transmission format. On trackers without TH-BLE 2DiN package support, this will cause a transmission error.

[[File:TH-BLE digital inputs enabled.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs seletion.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs disabled.jpg|frameless]]

= '''<big>Black box</big>''' =
In order for the black box entries to have an up-to-date time reference, you need to '''synchronize''' the black box time with your smartphone time.

The app automatically requests time synchronization if it sees that the black box time is not synchronized.

You can also synchronize the time manually by going to the '''Settings''' '''menu(1''') and clicking '''Synchronize time(2''').

[[File:TH-BLE step settings selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE synch time option.jpg|frameless]]

To retrieve data from the Black Box, from the main page, select Black Box ('''1'''). After that, you can select the period in days ('''2''') and/or hours ('''3''') and download data for the selected period ('''4''') or for the whole period (maximum 30 days) ('''5'''). You can also clear the black box by deleting all records.

[[File:TH-BLE black box page selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE data download.jpg|frameless]]

Then, click on the '''Save data button''' ('''1'''). A graph will appear on the screen. On the graph screen, you can also save the upload file to your phone’s memory ('''2''') or send it via instant messengers or email ('''3''').

[[File:Downloading Black box.png|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE sharing black box data.jpg|frameless]]

Also, graphs from the black box can be viewed on a PC using a calibration table through the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link Escort Charter]

If you have previously saved data from the black box, you can '''display''' it by clicking on the '''graph icon''' in the upper right corner ('''1''')

[[File:Previous graph.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Sealing and installation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the former design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE former design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE current design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of current design DU-BLE.png]]

== <big>'''Sensor sealing'''</big> ==

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the former design'''</big> ===
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to it, install the protective cover and pass the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against its end into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess wire of the seal.

[[File:Sealing former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the current design'''</big> ===
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:New_design_cap.png|'''<big>Protective cover TH-BLE</big>'''
File:New_design_seal.png|'''<big>TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:TD-BLE_with_cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''<big>TH-BLE with cap</big>''']]

Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350">
File:Installing_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installing TH-BLE seal</big>'''
File:Installed_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installed TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.
[[File:Removing_seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''<big>Removing seal</big>''']]
[[File:Seal_after_removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing for TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
Also included with the current TH-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_1.png|frameless|433x433px]]

* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_2.png|frameless|519x519px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_3.png|frameless|543x543px]]

== <big>'''Mounting and transmitter direction'''</big> ==
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.

For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.

[[File:Antenna_direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]

== <big>'''How hard to screw in self-tapping screws'''</big> ==
[[File:How to hard to tighten the screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]

= '''Temperature calculation formula for the TH-BLE if transmitted as level reading. Configuration of a new sensor on the Wialon platform''' =
Formula for recalculating the TH-BLE sensor temperature when transferred to the level field:

''<big>Y=a*X+b</big>'',

where''<big>Y</big>''- is the temperature, measured by TH-BLE, ''<big>X</big>''- is the level, transmitted to the “Level” field by LLS, ''<big>а</big>'' and ''<big>b</big>'' – are chosen by the table 1
{| class="wikitable"
|+Таблица 1
!Range of the input parameter (X)
!a
!b
|-
|0-32767
|0,1
|0
|-
|32768-65535
|0,1
| -6553,5
|}

== '''<big>Example table for connection via BA-BLE</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE table for BA-BLE.png|none|thumb|750x750px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for BA-BLE</big>''']]

== '''<big>Example table for direct connection</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE direct connection table.png|none|thumb|740x740px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for direct connection</big>''']]

= '''Connection diagram''' =

== Wiring diagram for digital inputs ==
[[File:TH-BLE connection of digital inputs.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Firmware update (FW)</big>''' =

[[File:TH-BLE-FW gif.gif|frameless]]
To update the firmware on the TH-BLE:

* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory.
* Connect to the sensor
* Go to “'''Settings'''”
* Go to FW update
* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''
* The flashing process should start. Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!
* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful

Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble download section].

The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.

= '''Useful links''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=101024175211#page=15 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/escort-th-ble/#active Product page]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble Download materials]</big>'''
* '''<big>[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]</big>'''

File:TH-BLE-FW gif.gif

2025-03-13T07:05:10Z

ROMAN:

TH-BLE-FW gif

TH-BLE

2025-03-13T06:54:59Z

ROMAN: /* Black box */

[[RU:TH-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TH-BLE| Versión en español]]

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[File:TH-BLE current design.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design of TH-BLE</big>''']]
The TH-BLE humidity and temperature meter (hereinafter referred to as the meter, product, sensor, TH-BLE) is designed to measure the temperature and humidity of the external environment.

The TH-BLE sensor reads air temperature and humidity values in the immediate vicinity of the measuring probe, estimates the remaining capacity of batteries; transmits the received measurement values via wireless communication channel to a tracker with BLE interface, a mobile device equipped with BLE interface or a BLE-BASE signal receiver. Depending on the version TH-BLE can also additionally measure illumination, determine the presence of magnetic field by hall sensor and monitor the state of two binary inputs (for limit switches).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%B4%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%87%D0%B8%D0%BA%D0%B0%20%D1%82%D0%B5%D0%BC%D0%BF%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%83%D1%80%D1%8B%20%D0%B8%20%D0%B2%D0%BB%D0%B0%D0%B6%D0%BD%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D0%B8%20%D0%AD%D1%81%D0%BA%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=210923105945 тех.паспорте устройства.]

= '''<big>Basic terms and concepts</big>''' =
'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TH_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Data transfer protocol''' - is a set of specific rules or conventions of a logical level interface that defines the exchange of data between various programs or devices. In the case of the TH-BLE sensor, the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[База BLE-RS485|Base BLE-RS485]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''Base BA-BLE''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS and Modbus protocol.

== '''<big>TH-BLE sensor's design</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with first generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE first generation design.png|frameless|679x679px]]

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with second generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE current generation design.png|frameless|622x622px]]

= '''<big>Connecting sensor to a smartphone</big>''' =
To configure the TH-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").

== '''<big>Geolocation</big>''' ==
Launch the app and activate '''Bluetooth''' and geolocation on your smartphone also check if application have access to '''geolocation'''.

[[File:Screenshot_20240221-094919_One_UI_Home.png|664x664px]] [[File:Screenshot_20240221-095105_Permission_controller.png|667x667px]]

== '''<big>Connecting sensor</big>''' ==

[[File:TH-BLE connection gif.gif|frameless]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TH-BLE'''.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor settings.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE select connection type.jpg|frameless]]

Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the Connect button. On an Android device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in advertising mode will be displayed.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor search.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE advertising data.jpg|frameless]]

== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Settings'''.

[[File:TH-BLE settings page selection.jpg|frameless]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:TH-BLE password input section.jpg|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== '''<big>Main sensor parameters</big>''' ==
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:

# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)
# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor (°C)
# '''Humidity''' measured by the sensor (%)
# '''Illuminance''' measured by the sensor (Lux)
# '''Hall sensor''' activity
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (red and black)
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (yellow and green)
# The format of the transmitted data. Changeable in the sensor settings
# The sensor's '''MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices

[[File:TH-BLE data page.jpg|frameless]]

'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage.

== '''Operation mode''' ==
All TH-BLE sensors have the option to change the data transmission from the digital inputs. Changing this setting changes the transmission format. On trackers without TH-BLE 2DiN package support, this will cause a transmission error.

[[File:TH-BLE digital inputs enabled.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs seletion.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs disabled.jpg|frameless]]

= '''<big>Black box</big>''' =
In order for the black box entries to have an up-to-date time reference, you need to '''synchronize''' the black box time with your smartphone time.

The app automatically requests time synchronization if it sees that the black box time is not synchronized.

You can also synchronize the time manually by going to the '''Settings''' '''menu(1''') and clicking '''Synchronize time(2''').

[[File:TH-BLE step settings selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE synch time option.jpg|frameless]]

To retrieve data from the Black Box, from the main page, select Black Box ('''1'''). After that, you can select the period in days ('''2''') and/or hours ('''3''') and download data for the selected period ('''4''') or for the whole period (maximum 30 days) ('''5'''). You can also clear the black box by deleting all records.

[[File:TH-BLE black box page selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE data download.jpg|frameless]]

Then, click on the '''Save data button''' ('''1'''). A graph will appear on the screen. On the graph screen, you can also save the upload file to your phone’s memory ('''2''') or send it via instant messengers or email ('''3''').

[[File:Downloading Black box.png|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE sharing black box data.jpg|frameless]]

Also, graphs from the black box can be viewed on a PC using a calibration table through the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link Escort Charter]

If you have previously saved data from the black box, you can '''display''' it by clicking on the '''graph icon''' in the upper right corner ('''1''')

[[File:Previous graph.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Sealing and installation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the former design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE former design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE current design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of current design DU-BLE.png]]

== <big>'''Sensor sealing'''</big> ==

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the former design'''</big> ===
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to it, install the protective cover and pass the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against its end into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess wire of the seal.

[[File:Sealing former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the current design'''</big> ===
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:New_design_cap.png|'''<big>Protective cover TH-BLE</big>'''
File:New_design_seal.png|'''<big>TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:TD-BLE_with_cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''<big>TH-BLE with cap</big>''']]

Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350">
File:Installing_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installing TH-BLE seal</big>'''
File:Installed_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installed TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.
[[File:Removing_seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''<big>Removing seal</big>''']]
[[File:Seal_after_removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing for TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
Also included with the current TH-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_1.png|frameless|433x433px]]

* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_2.png|frameless|519x519px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_3.png|frameless|543x543px]]

== <big>'''Mounting and transmitter direction'''</big> ==
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.

For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.

[[File:Antenna_direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]

== <big>'''How hard to screw in self-tapping screws'''</big> ==
[[File:How to hard to tighten the screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]

= '''Temperature calculation formula for the TH-BLE if transmitted as level reading. Configuration of a new sensor on the Wialon platform''' =
Formula for recalculating the TH-BLE sensor temperature when transferred to the level field:

''<big>Y=a*X+b</big>'',

where''<big>Y</big>''- is the temperature, measured by TH-BLE, ''<big>X</big>''- is the level, transmitted to the “Level” field by LLS, ''<big>а</big>'' and ''<big>b</big>'' – are chosen by the table 1
{| class="wikitable"
|+Таблица 1
!Range of the input parameter (X)
!a
!b
|-
|0-32767
|0,1
|0
|-
|32768-65535
|0,1
| -6553,5
|}

== '''<big>Example table for connection via BA-BLE</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE table for BA-BLE.png|none|thumb|750x750px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for BA-BLE</big>''']]

== '''<big>Example table for direct connection</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE direct connection table.png|none|thumb|740x740px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for direct connection</big>''']]

= '''Connection diagram''' =

== Wiring diagram for digital inputs ==
[[File:TH-BLE connection of digital inputs.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Firmware update (FW)</big>''' =

To update the firmware on the TH-BLE:

* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory.
* Connect to the sensor
* Go to “'''Settings'''”
* Go to FW update
* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''
* The flashing process should start. Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!
* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful

Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble download section].

The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.

= '''Useful links''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%B4%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%87%D0%B8%D0%BA%D0%B0%20%D1%82%D0%B5%D0%BC%D0%BF%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%83%D1%80%D1%8B%20%D0%B8%20%D0%B2%D0%BB%D0%B0%D0%B6%D0%BD%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D0%B8%20%D0%AD%D1%81%D0%BA%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=210923105945 Технический паспорт устройства]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/escort-th-ble/#active Страница продукта]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/#THble Материалы загрузки]</big>'''
* '''<big>[[Таблица совместимости BLE датчиков с трекерами и другими устройствами#DU-BLE|Таблица совместимости BLE датчиков с трекерами и другими устройствами]]</big>'''

TH-BLE

2025-03-13T06:53:46Z

ROMAN: /* Firmware update (FW) */

[[RU:TH-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TH-BLE| Versión en español]]

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[File:TH-BLE current design.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design of TH-BLE</big>''']]
The TH-BLE humidity and temperature meter (hereinafter referred to as the meter, product, sensor, TH-BLE) is designed to measure the temperature and humidity of the external environment.

The TH-BLE sensor reads air temperature and humidity values in the immediate vicinity of the measuring probe, estimates the remaining capacity of batteries; transmits the received measurement values via wireless communication channel to a tracker with BLE interface, a mobile device equipped with BLE interface or a BLE-BASE signal receiver. Depending on the version TH-BLE can also additionally measure illumination, determine the presence of magnetic field by hall sensor and monitor the state of two binary inputs (for limit switches).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%B4%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%87%D0%B8%D0%BA%D0%B0%20%D1%82%D0%B5%D0%BC%D0%BF%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%83%D1%80%D1%8B%20%D0%B8%20%D0%B2%D0%BB%D0%B0%D0%B6%D0%BD%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D0%B8%20%D0%AD%D1%81%D0%BA%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=210923105945 тех.паспорте устройства.]

= '''<big>Basic terms and concepts</big>''' =
'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TH_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Data transfer protocol''' - is a set of specific rules or conventions of a logical level interface that defines the exchange of data between various programs or devices. In the case of the TH-BLE sensor, the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[База BLE-RS485|Base BLE-RS485]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''Base BA-BLE''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS and Modbus protocol.

== '''<big>TH-BLE sensor's design</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with first generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE first generation design.png|frameless|679x679px]]

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with second generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE current generation design.png|frameless|622x622px]]

= '''<big>Connecting sensor to a smartphone</big>''' =
To configure the TH-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").

== '''<big>Geolocation</big>''' ==
Launch the app and activate '''Bluetooth''' and geolocation on your smartphone also check if application have access to '''geolocation'''.

[[File:Screenshot_20240221-094919_One_UI_Home.png|664x664px]] [[File:Screenshot_20240221-095105_Permission_controller.png|667x667px]]

== '''<big>Connecting sensor</big>''' ==

[[File:TH-BLE connection gif.gif|frameless]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TH-BLE'''.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor settings.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE select connection type.jpg|frameless]]

Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the Connect button. On an Android device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in advertising mode will be displayed.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor search.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE advertising data.jpg|frameless]]

== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Settings'''.

[[File:TH-BLE settings page selection.jpg|frameless]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:TH-BLE password input section.jpg|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== '''<big>Main sensor parameters</big>''' ==
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:

# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)
# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor (°C)
# '''Humidity''' measured by the sensor (%)
# '''Illuminance''' measured by the sensor (Lux)
# '''Hall sensor''' activity
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (red and black)
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (yellow and green)
# The format of the transmitted data. Changeable in the sensor settings
# The sensor's '''MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices

[[File:TH-BLE data page.jpg|frameless]]

'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage.

== '''Operation mode''' ==
All TH-BLE sensors have the option to change the data transmission from the digital inputs. Changing this setting changes the transmission format. On trackers without TH-BLE 2DiN package support, this will cause a transmission error.

[[File:TH-BLE digital inputs enabled.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs seletion.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs disabled.jpg|frameless]]

= '''<big>Black box</big>''' =
In order for the black box entries to have an up-to-date time reference, you need to '''synchronize''' the black box time with your smartphone time.

The app automatically requests time synchronization if it sees that the black box time is not synchronized.

You can also synchronize the time manually by going to the '''Settings''' '''menu(1''') and clicking '''Synchronize time(2''').

[[File:TH-BLE step settings selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE synch time option.jpg|frameless]]

Для получения данных из Черного ящика, находясь на главной странице, выберите Черный ящик ('''1'''). После этого, вы можете выбрать период в днях ('''2''') и/или в часах ('''3''') и скачать данные за выбранный ('''4''') или за весь период (максимально 30 дней) ('''5'''). Вы также можете очистить черный ящик удалив все записи.

[[File:TH-BLE black box page selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE data download.jpg|frameless]]

Then, click on the '''Save data button''' ('''1'''). A graph will appear on the screen. On the graph screen, you can also save the upload file to your phone’s memory ('''2''') or send it via instant messengers or email ('''3''').

[[File:Downloading Black box.png|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE sharing black box data.jpg|frameless]]

Also, graphs from the black box can be viewed on a PC using a calibration table through the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link Escort Charter]

If you have previously saved data from the black box, you can '''display''' it by clicking on the '''graph icon''' in the upper right corner ('''1''')

[[File:Previous graph.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Sealing and installation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the former design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE former design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE current design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of current design DU-BLE.png]]

== <big>'''Sensor sealing'''</big> ==

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the former design'''</big> ===
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to it, install the protective cover and pass the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against its end into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess wire of the seal.

[[File:Sealing former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the current design'''</big> ===
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:New_design_cap.png|'''<big>Protective cover TH-BLE</big>'''
File:New_design_seal.png|'''<big>TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:TD-BLE_with_cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''<big>TH-BLE with cap</big>''']]

Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350">
File:Installing_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installing TH-BLE seal</big>'''
File:Installed_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installed TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.
[[File:Removing_seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''<big>Removing seal</big>''']]
[[File:Seal_after_removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing for TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
Also included with the current TH-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_1.png|frameless|433x433px]]

* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_2.png|frameless|519x519px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_3.png|frameless|543x543px]]

== <big>'''Mounting and transmitter direction'''</big> ==
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.

For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.

[[File:Antenna_direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]

== <big>'''How hard to screw in self-tapping screws'''</big> ==
[[File:How to hard to tighten the screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]

= '''Temperature calculation formula for the TH-BLE if transmitted as level reading. Configuration of a new sensor on the Wialon platform''' =
Formula for recalculating the TH-BLE sensor temperature when transferred to the level field:

''<big>Y=a*X+b</big>'',

where''<big>Y</big>''- is the temperature, measured by TH-BLE, ''<big>X</big>''- is the level, transmitted to the “Level” field by LLS, ''<big>а</big>'' and ''<big>b</big>'' – are chosen by the table 1
{| class="wikitable"
|+Таблица 1
!Range of the input parameter (X)
!a
!b
|-
|0-32767
|0,1
|0
|-
|32768-65535
|0,1
| -6553,5
|}

== '''<big>Example table for connection via BA-BLE</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE table for BA-BLE.png|none|thumb|750x750px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for BA-BLE</big>''']]

== '''<big>Example table for direct connection</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE direct connection table.png|none|thumb|740x740px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for direct connection</big>''']]

= '''Connection diagram''' =

== Wiring diagram for digital inputs ==
[[File:TH-BLE connection of digital inputs.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Firmware update (FW)</big>''' =

To update the firmware on the TH-BLE:

* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory.
* Connect to the sensor
* Go to “'''Settings'''”
* Go to FW update
* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''
* The flashing process should start. Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!
* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful

Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble download section].

The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.

= '''Useful links''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%B4%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%87%D0%B8%D0%BA%D0%B0%20%D1%82%D0%B5%D0%BC%D0%BF%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%83%D1%80%D1%8B%20%D0%B8%20%D0%B2%D0%BB%D0%B0%D0%B6%D0%BD%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D0%B8%20%D0%AD%D1%81%D0%BA%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=210923105945 Технический паспорт устройства]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/escort-th-ble/#active Страница продукта]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/#THble Материалы загрузки]</big>'''
* '''<big>[[Таблица совместимости BLE датчиков с трекерами и другими устройствами#DU-BLE|Таблица совместимости BLE датчиков с трекерами и другими устройствами]]</big>'''

File:TH-BLE connection gif.gif

2025-03-13T06:53:36Z

ROMAN:

TH-BLE connection gif

TH-BLE

2025-03-12T10:29:57Z

ROMAN: /* Temperature calculation formula for the TH-BLE if transmitted as level reading. Configuration of a new sensor on the Wialon platform */

[[RU:TH-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TH-BLE| Versión en español]]

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[File:TH-BLE current design.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design of TH-BLE</big>''']]
The TH-BLE humidity and temperature meter (hereinafter referred to as the meter, product, sensor, TH-BLE) is designed to measure the temperature and humidity of the external environment.

The TH-BLE sensor reads air temperature and humidity values in the immediate vicinity of the measuring probe, estimates the remaining capacity of batteries; transmits the received measurement values via wireless communication channel to a tracker with BLE interface, a mobile device equipped with BLE interface or a BLE-BASE signal receiver. Depending on the version TH-BLE can also additionally measure illumination, determine the presence of magnetic field by hall sensor and monitor the state of two binary inputs (for limit switches).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%B4%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%87%D0%B8%D0%BA%D0%B0%20%D1%82%D0%B5%D0%BC%D0%BF%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%83%D1%80%D1%8B%20%D0%B8%20%D0%B2%D0%BB%D0%B0%D0%B6%D0%BD%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D0%B8%20%D0%AD%D1%81%D0%BA%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=210923105945 тех.паспорте устройства.]

= '''<big>Basic terms and concepts</big>''' =
'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TH_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Data transfer protocol''' - is a set of specific rules or conventions of a logical level interface that defines the exchange of data between various programs or devices. In the case of the TH-BLE sensor, the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[База BLE-RS485|Base BLE-RS485]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''Base BA-BLE''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS and Modbus protocol.

== '''<big>TH-BLE sensor's design</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with first generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE first generation design.png|frameless|679x679px]]

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with second generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE current generation design.png|frameless|622x622px]]

= '''<big>Connecting sensor to a smartphone</big>''' =
To configure the TH-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").

== '''<big>Geolocation</big>''' ==
Launch the app and activate '''Bluetooth''' and geolocation on your smartphone also check if application have access to '''geolocation'''.

[[File:Screenshot_20240221-094919_One_UI_Home.png|664x664px]] [[File:Screenshot_20240221-095105_Permission_controller.png|667x667px]]

== '''<big>Connecting sensor</big>''' ==

[[Файл:TH-BLE подключение к датчику.gif]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TH-BLE'''.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor settings.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE select connection type.jpg|frameless]]

Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the Connect button. On an Android device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in advertising mode will be displayed.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor search.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE advertising data.jpg|frameless]]

== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Settings'''.

[[File:TH-BLE settings page selection.jpg|frameless]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:TH-BLE password input section.jpg|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== '''<big>Main sensor parameters</big>''' ==
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:

# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)
# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor (°C)
# '''Humidity''' measured by the sensor (%)
# '''Illuminance''' measured by the sensor (Lux)
# '''Hall sensor''' activity
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (red and black)
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (yellow and green)
# The format of the transmitted data. Changeable in the sensor settings
# The sensor's '''MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices

[[File:TH-BLE data page.jpg|frameless]]

'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage.

== '''Operation mode''' ==
All TH-BLE sensors have the option to change the data transmission from the digital inputs. Changing this setting changes the transmission format. On trackers without TH-BLE 2DiN package support, this will cause a transmission error.

[[File:TH-BLE digital inputs enabled.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs seletion.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs disabled.jpg|frameless]]

= '''<big>Black box</big>''' =
In order for the black box entries to have an up-to-date time reference, you need to '''synchronize''' the black box time with your smartphone time.

The app automatically requests time synchronization if it sees that the black box time is not synchronized.

You can also synchronize the time manually by going to the '''Settings''' '''menu(1''') and clicking '''Synchronize time(2''').

[[File:TH-BLE step settings selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE synch time option.jpg|frameless]]

Для получения данных из Черного ящика, находясь на главной странице, выберите Черный ящик ('''1'''). После этого, вы можете выбрать период в днях ('''2''') и/или в часах ('''3''') и скачать данные за выбранный ('''4''') или за весь период (максимально 30 дней) ('''5'''). Вы также можете очистить черный ящик удалив все записи.

[[File:TH-BLE black box page selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE data download.jpg|frameless]]

Then, click on the '''Save data button''' ('''1'''). A graph will appear on the screen. On the graph screen, you can also save the upload file to your phone’s memory ('''2''') or send it via instant messengers or email ('''3''').

[[File:Downloading Black box.png|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE sharing black box data.jpg|frameless]]

Also, graphs from the black box can be viewed on a PC using a calibration table through the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link Escort Charter]

If you have previously saved data from the black box, you can '''display''' it by clicking on the '''graph icon''' in the upper right corner ('''1''')

[[File:Previous graph.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Sealing and installation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the former design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE former design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE current design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of current design DU-BLE.png]]

== <big>'''Sensor sealing'''</big> ==

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the former design'''</big> ===
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to it, install the protective cover and pass the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against its end into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess wire of the seal.

[[File:Sealing former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the current design'''</big> ===
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:New_design_cap.png|'''<big>Protective cover TH-BLE</big>'''
File:New_design_seal.png|'''<big>TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:TD-BLE_with_cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''<big>TH-BLE with cap</big>''']]

Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350">
File:Installing_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installing TH-BLE seal</big>'''
File:Installed_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installed TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.
[[File:Removing_seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''<big>Removing seal</big>''']]
[[File:Seal_after_removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing for TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
Also included with the current TH-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_1.png|frameless|433x433px]]

* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_2.png|frameless|519x519px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_3.png|frameless|543x543px]]

== <big>'''Mounting and transmitter direction'''</big> ==
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.

For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.

[[File:Antenna_direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]

== <big>'''How hard to screw in self-tapping screws'''</big> ==
[[File:How to hard to tighten the screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]

= '''Temperature calculation formula for the TH-BLE if transmitted as level reading. Configuration of a new sensor on the Wialon platform''' =
Formula for recalculating the TH-BLE sensor temperature when transferred to the level field:

''<big>Y=a*X+b</big>'',

where''<big>Y</big>''- is the temperature, measured by TH-BLE, ''<big>X</big>''- is the level, transmitted to the “Level” field by LLS, ''<big>а</big>'' and ''<big>b</big>'' – are chosen by the table 1
{| class="wikitable"
|+Таблица 1
!Range of the input parameter (X)
!a
!b
|-
|0-32767
|0,1
|0
|-
|32768-65535
|0,1
| -6553,5
|}

== '''<big>Example table for connection via BA-BLE</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE table for BA-BLE.png|none|thumb|750x750px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for BA-BLE</big>''']]

== '''<big>Example table for direct connection</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE direct connection table.png|none|thumb|740x740px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for direct connection</big>''']]

= '''Connection diagram''' =

== Wiring diagram for digital inputs ==
[[File:TH-BLE connection of digital inputs.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Firmware update (FW)</big>''' =

[[Файл:TH-BLE обновление прошивки.gif]]

To update the firmware on the TH-BLE:

* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory.
* Connect to the sensor
* Go to “'''Settings'''”
* Go to FW update
* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''
* The flashing process should start. Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!
* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful

Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble download section].

The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.

= '''Useful links''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%B4%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%87%D0%B8%D0%BA%D0%B0%20%D1%82%D0%B5%D0%BC%D0%BF%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%83%D1%80%D1%8B%20%D0%B8%20%D0%B2%D0%BB%D0%B0%D0%B6%D0%BD%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D0%B8%20%D0%AD%D1%81%D0%BA%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=210923105945 Технический паспорт устройства]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/escort-th-ble/#active Страница продукта]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/#THble Материалы загрузки]</big>'''
* '''<big>[[Таблица совместимости BLE датчиков с трекерами и другими устройствами#DU-BLE|Таблица совместимости BLE датчиков с трекерами и другими устройствами]]</big>'''

TH-BLE

2025-03-12T10:19:19Z

ROMAN: /* Example table for direct connection */

[[RU:TH-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TH-BLE| Versión en español]]

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[File:TH-BLE current design.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design of TH-BLE</big>''']]
The TH-BLE humidity and temperature meter (hereinafter referred to as the meter, product, sensor, TH-BLE) is designed to measure the temperature and humidity of the external environment.

The TH-BLE sensor reads air temperature and humidity values in the immediate vicinity of the measuring probe, estimates the remaining capacity of batteries; transmits the received measurement values via wireless communication channel to a tracker with BLE interface, a mobile device equipped with BLE interface or a BLE-BASE signal receiver. Depending on the version TH-BLE can also additionally measure illumination, determine the presence of magnetic field by hall sensor and monitor the state of two binary inputs (for limit switches).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%B4%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%87%D0%B8%D0%BA%D0%B0%20%D1%82%D0%B5%D0%BC%D0%BF%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%83%D1%80%D1%8B%20%D0%B8%20%D0%B2%D0%BB%D0%B0%D0%B6%D0%BD%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D0%B8%20%D0%AD%D1%81%D0%BA%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=210923105945 тех.паспорте устройства.]

= '''<big>Basic terms and concepts</big>''' =
'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TH_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Data transfer protocol''' - is a set of specific rules or conventions of a logical level interface that defines the exchange of data between various programs or devices. In the case of the TH-BLE sensor, the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[База BLE-RS485|Base BLE-RS485]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''Base BA-BLE''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS and Modbus protocol.

== '''<big>TH-BLE sensor's design</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with first generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE first generation design.png|frameless|679x679px]]

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with second generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE current generation design.png|frameless|622x622px]]

= '''<big>Connecting sensor to a smartphone</big>''' =
To configure the TH-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").

== '''<big>Geolocation</big>''' ==
Launch the app and activate '''Bluetooth''' and geolocation on your smartphone also check if application have access to '''geolocation'''.

[[File:Screenshot_20240221-094919_One_UI_Home.png|664x664px]] [[File:Screenshot_20240221-095105_Permission_controller.png|667x667px]]

== '''<big>Connecting sensor</big>''' ==

[[Файл:TH-BLE подключение к датчику.gif]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TH-BLE'''.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor settings.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE select connection type.jpg|frameless]]

Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the Connect button. On an Android device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in advertising mode will be displayed.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor search.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE advertising data.jpg|frameless]]

== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Settings'''.

[[File:TH-BLE settings page selection.jpg|frameless]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:TH-BLE password input section.jpg|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== '''<big>Main sensor parameters</big>''' ==
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:

# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)
# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor (°C)
# '''Humidity''' measured by the sensor (%)
# '''Illuminance''' measured by the sensor (Lux)
# '''Hall sensor''' activity
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (red and black)
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (yellow and green)
# The format of the transmitted data. Changeable in the sensor settings
# The sensor's '''MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices

[[File:TH-BLE data page.jpg|frameless]]

'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage.

== '''Operation mode''' ==
All TH-BLE sensors have the option to change the data transmission from the digital inputs. Changing this setting changes the transmission format. On trackers without TH-BLE 2DiN package support, this will cause a transmission error.

[[File:TH-BLE digital inputs enabled.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs seletion.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs disabled.jpg|frameless]]

= '''<big>Black box</big>''' =
In order for the black box entries to have an up-to-date time reference, you need to '''synchronize''' the black box time with your smartphone time.

The app automatically requests time synchronization if it sees that the black box time is not synchronized.

You can also synchronize the time manually by going to the '''Settings''' '''menu(1''') and clicking '''Synchronize time(2''').

[[File:TH-BLE step settings selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE synch time option.jpg|frameless]]

Для получения данных из Черного ящика, находясь на главной странице, выберите Черный ящик ('''1'''). После этого, вы можете выбрать период в днях ('''2''') и/или в часах ('''3''') и скачать данные за выбранный ('''4''') или за весь период (максимально 30 дней) ('''5'''). Вы также можете очистить черный ящик удалив все записи.

[[File:TH-BLE black box page selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE data download.jpg|frameless]]

Then, click on the '''Save data button''' ('''1'''). A graph will appear on the screen. On the graph screen, you can also save the upload file to your phone’s memory ('''2''') or send it via instant messengers or email ('''3''').

[[File:Downloading Black box.png|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE sharing black box data.jpg|frameless]]

Also, graphs from the black box can be viewed on a PC using a calibration table through the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link Escort Charter]

If you have previously saved data from the black box, you can '''display''' it by clicking on the '''graph icon''' in the upper right corner ('''1''')

[[File:Previous graph.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Sealing and installation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the former design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE former design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE current design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of current design DU-BLE.png]]

== <big>'''Sensor sealing'''</big> ==

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the former design'''</big> ===
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to it, install the protective cover and pass the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against its end into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess wire of the seal.

[[File:Sealing former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the current design'''</big> ===
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:New_design_cap.png|'''<big>Protective cover TH-BLE</big>'''
File:New_design_seal.png|'''<big>TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:TD-BLE_with_cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''<big>TH-BLE with cap</big>''']]

Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350">
File:Installing_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installing TH-BLE seal</big>'''
File:Installed_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installed TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.
[[File:Removing_seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''<big>Removing seal</big>''']]
[[File:Seal_after_removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing for TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
Also included with the current TH-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_1.png|frameless|433x433px]]

* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_2.png|frameless|519x519px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_3.png|frameless|543x543px]]

== <big>'''Mounting and transmitter direction'''</big> ==
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.

For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.

[[File:Antenna_direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]

== <big>'''How hard to screw in self-tapping screws'''</big> ==
[[File:How to hard to tighten the screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]

= '''Temperature calculation formula for the TH-BLE if transmitted as level reading. Configuration of a new sensor on the Wialon platform''' =
Формула пересчета температуры датчика TH-BLE при передаче в поле уровня:

''<big>Y=a*X+b</big>'',

где ''<big>Y</big>''- значение температуры, измеряемое датчиком TH-BLE, ''<big>X</big>''- значение, передаваемое в поле «Уровень» по LLS, ''<big>а</big>'' и ''<big>b</big>'' – выбираются по таблице 1
{| class="wikitable"
|+Таблица 1
!Диапазон входящего параметра (X)
!a
!b
|-
|0-32767
|0,1
|0
|-
|32768-65535
|0,1
| -6553,5
|}

== '''<big>Example table for connection via BA-BLE</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE table for BA-BLE.png|none|thumb|750x750px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for BA-BLE</big>''']]

== '''<big>Example table for direct connection</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE direct connection table.png|none|thumb|740x740px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for direct connection</big>''']]

= '''Connection diagram''' =

== Wiring diagram for digital inputs ==
[[File:TH-BLE connection of digital inputs.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Firmware update (FW)</big>''' =

[[Файл:TH-BLE обновление прошивки.gif]]

To update the firmware on the TH-BLE:

* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory.
* Connect to the sensor
* Go to “'''Settings'''”
* Go to FW update
* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''
* The flashing process should start. Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!
* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful

Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble download section].

The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.

= '''Useful links''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%B4%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%87%D0%B8%D0%BA%D0%B0%20%D1%82%D0%B5%D0%BC%D0%BF%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%83%D1%80%D1%8B%20%D0%B8%20%D0%B2%D0%BB%D0%B0%D0%B6%D0%BD%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D0%B8%20%D0%AD%D1%81%D0%BA%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=210923105945 Технический паспорт устройства]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/escort-th-ble/#active Страница продукта]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/#THble Материалы загрузки]</big>'''
* '''<big>[[Таблица совместимости BLE датчиков с трекерами и другими устройствами#DU-BLE|Таблица совместимости BLE датчиков с трекерами и другими устройствами]]</big>'''

File:TH-BLE connection of digital inputs.png

2025-03-12T10:18:41Z

ROMAN:

TH-BLE connection of digital inputs

File:TH-BLE direct connection table.png

2025-03-12T10:16:50Z

ROMAN:

TH-BLE direct connection table

TH-BLE

2025-03-12T10:11:59Z

ROMAN: /* Sealing and installation */

[[RU:TH-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TH-BLE| Versión en español]]

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[File:TH-BLE current design.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design of TH-BLE</big>''']]
The TH-BLE humidity and temperature meter (hereinafter referred to as the meter, product, sensor, TH-BLE) is designed to measure the temperature and humidity of the external environment.

The TH-BLE sensor reads air temperature and humidity values in the immediate vicinity of the measuring probe, estimates the remaining capacity of batteries; transmits the received measurement values via wireless communication channel to a tracker with BLE interface, a mobile device equipped with BLE interface or a BLE-BASE signal receiver. Depending on the version TH-BLE can also additionally measure illumination, determine the presence of magnetic field by hall sensor and monitor the state of two binary inputs (for limit switches).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%B4%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%87%D0%B8%D0%BA%D0%B0%20%D1%82%D0%B5%D0%BC%D0%BF%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%83%D1%80%D1%8B%20%D0%B8%20%D0%B2%D0%BB%D0%B0%D0%B6%D0%BD%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D0%B8%20%D0%AD%D1%81%D0%BA%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=210923105945 тех.паспорте устройства.]

= '''<big>Basic terms and concepts</big>''' =
'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TH_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Data transfer protocol''' - is a set of specific rules or conventions of a logical level interface that defines the exchange of data between various programs or devices. In the case of the TH-BLE sensor, the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[База BLE-RS485|Base BLE-RS485]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''Base BA-BLE''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS and Modbus protocol.

== '''<big>TH-BLE sensor's design</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with first generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE first generation design.png|frameless|679x679px]]

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with second generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE current generation design.png|frameless|622x622px]]

= '''<big>Connecting sensor to a smartphone</big>''' =
To configure the TH-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").

== '''<big>Geolocation</big>''' ==
Launch the app and activate '''Bluetooth''' and geolocation on your smartphone also check if application have access to '''geolocation'''.

[[File:Screenshot_20240221-094919_One_UI_Home.png|664x664px]] [[File:Screenshot_20240221-095105_Permission_controller.png|667x667px]]

== '''<big>Connecting sensor</big>''' ==

[[Файл:TH-BLE подключение к датчику.gif]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TH-BLE'''.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor settings.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE select connection type.jpg|frameless]]

Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the Connect button. On an Android device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in advertising mode will be displayed.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor search.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE advertising data.jpg|frameless]]

== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Settings'''.

[[File:TH-BLE settings page selection.jpg|frameless]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:TH-BLE password input section.jpg|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== '''<big>Main sensor parameters</big>''' ==
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:

# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)
# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor (°C)
# '''Humidity''' measured by the sensor (%)
# '''Illuminance''' measured by the sensor (Lux)
# '''Hall sensor''' activity
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (red and black)
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (yellow and green)
# The format of the transmitted data. Changeable in the sensor settings
# The sensor's '''MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices

[[File:TH-BLE data page.jpg|frameless]]

'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage.

== '''Operation mode''' ==
All TH-BLE sensors have the option to change the data transmission from the digital inputs. Changing this setting changes the transmission format. On trackers without TH-BLE 2DiN package support, this will cause a transmission error.

[[File:TH-BLE digital inputs enabled.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs seletion.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs disabled.jpg|frameless]]

= '''<big>Black box</big>''' =
In order for the black box entries to have an up-to-date time reference, you need to '''synchronize''' the black box time with your smartphone time.

The app automatically requests time synchronization if it sees that the black box time is not synchronized.

You can also synchronize the time manually by going to the '''Settings''' '''menu(1''') and clicking '''Synchronize time(2''').

[[File:TH-BLE step settings selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE synch time option.jpg|frameless]]

Для получения данных из Черного ящика, находясь на главной странице, выберите Черный ящик ('''1'''). После этого, вы можете выбрать период в днях ('''2''') и/или в часах ('''3''') и скачать данные за выбранный ('''4''') или за весь период (максимально 30 дней) ('''5'''). Вы также можете очистить черный ящик удалив все записи.

[[File:TH-BLE black box page selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE data download.jpg|frameless]]

Then, click on the '''Save data button''' ('''1'''). A graph will appear on the screen. On the graph screen, you can also save the upload file to your phone’s memory ('''2''') or send it via instant messengers or email ('''3''').

[[File:Downloading Black box.png|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE sharing black box data.jpg|frameless]]

Also, graphs from the black box can be viewed on a PC using a calibration table through the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link Escort Charter]

If you have previously saved data from the black box, you can '''display''' it by clicking on the '''graph icon''' in the upper right corner ('''1''')

[[File:Previous graph.png|frameless]]

= '''<big>Sealing and installation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the former design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE former design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE current design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of current design DU-BLE.png]]

== <big>'''Sensor sealing'''</big> ==

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the former design'''</big> ===
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to it, install the protective cover and pass the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against its end into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess wire of the seal.

[[File:Sealing former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the current design'''</big> ===
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:New_design_cap.png|'''<big>Protective cover TH-BLE</big>'''
File:New_design_seal.png|'''<big>TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:TD-BLE_with_cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''<big>TH-BLE with cap</big>''']]

Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350">
File:Installing_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installing TH-BLE seal</big>'''
File:Installed_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installed TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.
[[File:Removing_seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''<big>Removing seal</big>''']]
[[File:Seal_after_removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing for TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
Also included with the current TH-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_1.png|frameless|433x433px]]

* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_2.png|frameless|519x519px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_3.png|frameless|543x543px]]

== <big>'''Mounting and transmitter direction'''</big> ==
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.

For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.

[[File:Antenna_direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]

== <big>'''How hard to screw in self-tapping screws'''</big> ==
[[File:How to hard to tighten the screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]

= '''Temperature calculation formula for the TH-BLE if transmitted as level reading. Configuration of a new sensor on the Wialon platform''' =
Формула пересчета температуры датчика TH-BLE при передаче в поле уровня:

''<big>Y=a*X+b</big>'',

где ''<big>Y</big>''- значение температуры, измеряемое датчиком TH-BLE, ''<big>X</big>''- значение, передаваемое в поле «Уровень» по LLS, ''<big>а</big>'' и ''<big>b</big>'' – выбираются по таблице 1
{| class="wikitable"
|+Таблица 1
!Диапазон входящего параметра (X)
!a
!b
|-
|0-32767
|0,1
|0
|-
|32768-65535
|0,1
| -6553,5
|}

== '''<big>Example table for connection via BA-BLE</big>''' ==
[[File:TH-BLE table for BA-BLE.png|none|thumb|774x774px|'''<big>TH-BLE table for BA-BLE</big>''']]

== '''<big>Example table for direct connection</big>''' ==
[[Файл:TH-BLE таблица для прямого подключения.jpg|без|мини|700x700пкс|'''<big>TH-BLE таблица для прямого подключения</big>''']]

= '''Схемы подключения''' =

== Схема подключения дискретных входов ==
[[Файл:TH-BLE подключение дискретных входов.png|безрамки|525x525пкс]]

= '''<big>Firmware update (FW)</big>''' =

[[Файл:TH-BLE обновление прошивки.gif]]

To update the firmware on the TH-BLE:

* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory.
* Connect to the sensor
* Go to “'''Settings'''”
* Go to FW update
* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''
* The flashing process should start. Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!
* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful

Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble download section].

The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.

= '''Useful links''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%B4%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%87%D0%B8%D0%BA%D0%B0%20%D1%82%D0%B5%D0%BC%D0%BF%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%83%D1%80%D1%8B%20%D0%B8%20%D0%B2%D0%BB%D0%B0%D0%B6%D0%BD%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D0%B8%20%D0%AD%D1%81%D0%BA%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=210923105945 Технический паспорт устройства]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/escort-th-ble/#active Страница продукта]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/#THble Материалы загрузки]</big>'''
* '''<big>[[Таблица совместимости BLE датчиков с трекерами и другими устройствами#DU-BLE|Таблица совместимости BLE датчиков с трекерами и другими устройствами]]</big>'''

File:TH-BLE table for BA-BLE.png

2025-03-12T10:11:24Z

ROMAN:

TH-BLE table for BA-BLE

TH-BLE

2025-03-12T10:04:37Z

ROMAN: /* Black box */

[[RU:TH-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TH-BLE| Versión en español]]

= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =
[[File:TH-BLE current design.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design of TH-BLE</big>''']]
The TH-BLE humidity and temperature meter (hereinafter referred to as the meter, product, sensor, TH-BLE) is designed to measure the temperature and humidity of the external environment.

The TH-BLE sensor reads air temperature and humidity values in the immediate vicinity of the measuring probe, estimates the remaining capacity of batteries; transmits the received measurement values via wireless communication channel to a tracker with BLE interface, a mobile device equipped with BLE interface or a BLE-BASE signal receiver. Depending on the version TH-BLE can also additionally measure illumination, determine the presence of magnetic field by hall sensor and monitor the state of two binary inputs (for limit switches).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%B4%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%87%D0%B8%D0%BA%D0%B0%20%D1%82%D0%B5%D0%BC%D0%BF%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%83%D1%80%D1%8B%20%D0%B8%20%D0%B2%D0%BB%D0%B0%D0%B6%D0%BD%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D0%B8%20%D0%AD%D1%81%D0%BA%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=210923105945 тех.паспорте устройства.]

= '''<big>Basic terms and concepts</big>''' =
'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TH_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Data transfer protocol''' - is a set of specific rules or conventions of a logical level interface that defines the exchange of data between various programs or devices. In the case of the TH-BLE sensor, the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[База BLE-RS485|Base BLE-RS485]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''Base BA-BLE''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS and Modbus protocol.

== '''<big>TH-BLE sensor's design</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with first generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE first generation design.png|frameless|679x679px]]

=== '''<big>TH-BLE design with second generation external probe</big>''' ===
[[File:TH-BLE current generation design.png|frameless|622x622px]]

= '''<big>Connecting sensor to a smartphone</big>''' =
To configure the TH-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").

== '''<big>Geolocation</big>''' ==
Launch the app and activate '''Bluetooth''' and geolocation on your smartphone also check if application have access to '''geolocation'''.

[[File:Screenshot_20240221-094919_One_UI_Home.png|664x664px]] [[File:Screenshot_20240221-095105_Permission_controller.png|667x667px]]

== '''<big>Connecting sensor</big>''' ==

[[Файл:TH-BLE подключение к датчику.gif]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TH-BLE'''.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor settings.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE select connection type.jpg|frameless]]

Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the Connect button. On an Android device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in advertising mode will be displayed.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor search.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE advertising data.jpg|frameless]]

== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Settings'''.

[[File:TH-BLE settings page selection.jpg|frameless]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:TH-BLE password input section.jpg|frameless]]

<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== '''<big>Main sensor parameters</big>''' ==
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:

# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)
# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor (°C)
# '''Humidity''' measured by the sensor (%)
# '''Illuminance''' measured by the sensor (Lux)
# '''Hall sensor''' activity
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (red and black)
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (yellow and green)
# The format of the transmitted data. Changeable in the sensor settings
# The sensor's '''MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices

[[File:TH-BLE data page.jpg|frameless]]

'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage.

== '''Operation mode''' ==
All TH-BLE sensors have the option to change the data transmission from the digital inputs. Changing this setting changes the transmission format. On trackers without TH-BLE 2DiN package support, this will cause a transmission error.

[[File:TH-BLE digital inputs enabled.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs seletion.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs disabled.jpg|frameless]]

= '''<big>Black box</big>''' =
In order for the black box entries to have an up-to-date time reference, you need to '''synchronize''' the black box time with your smartphone time.

The app automatically requests time synchronization if it sees that the black box time is not synchronized.

You can also synchronize the time manually by going to the '''Settings''' '''menu(1''') and clicking '''Synchronize time(2''').

[[File:TH-BLE step settings selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE synch time option.jpg|frameless]]

Для получения данных из Черного ящика, находясь на главной странице, выберите Черный ящик ('''1'''). После этого, вы можете выбрать период в днях ('''2''') и/или в часах ('''3''') и скачать данные за выбранный ('''4''') или за весь период (максимально 30 дней) ('''5'''). Вы также можете очистить черный ящик удалив все записи.

[[File:TH-BLE black box page selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE data download.jpg|frameless]]

Then, click on the '''Save data button''' ('''1'''). A graph will appear on the screen. On the graph screen, you can also save the upload file to your phone’s memory ('''2''') or send it via instant messengers or email ('''3''').

[[File:Downloading Black box.png|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE sharing black box data.jpg|frameless]]

Also, graphs from the black box can be viewed on a PC using a calibration table through the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link Escort Charter]

If you have previously saved data from the black box, you can '''display''' it by clicking on the '''graph icon''' in the upper right corner ('''1''')

[[Файл:Переход в меню предыдущих выгрузок черного ящика TD-BLE.png|безрамки]]

= '''<big>Sealing and installation</big>''' =

== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the former design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE former design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE current design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of current design DU-BLE.png]]

== <big>'''Sensor sealing'''</big> ==

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the former design'''</big> ===
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to it, install the protective cover and pass the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against its end into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess wire of the seal.

[[File:Sealing former design DU-BLE.png]]

=== <big>'''Sealing TH-BLE of the current design'''</big> ===
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:New_design_cap.png|'''<big>Protective cover TH-BLE</big>'''
File:New_design_seal.png|'''<big>TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:TD-BLE_with_cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''<big>TH-BLE with cap</big>''']]

Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350">
File:Installing_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installing TH-BLE seal</big>'''
File:Installed_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installed TH-BLE seal</big>'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.
[[File:Removing_seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''<big>Removing seal</big>''']]
[[File:Seal_after_removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

=== '''<big>Alternative sealing for TH-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===
Also included with the current TH-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_1.png|frameless|433x433px]]

* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_2.png|frameless|519x519px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_3.png|frameless|543x543px]]

== <big>'''Mounting and transmitter direction'''</big> ==
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.

For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.

[[File:Antenna_direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]

== <big>'''How hard to screw in self-tapping screws'''</big> ==
[[File:How to hard to tighten the screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]

= '''Temperature calculation formula for the TH-BLE if transmitted as level reading. Configuration of a new sensor on the Wialon platform''' =
Формула пересчета температуры датчика TH-BLE при передаче в поле уровня:

''<big>Y=a*X+b</big>'',

где ''<big>Y</big>''- значение температуры, измеряемое датчиком TH-BLE, ''<big>X</big>''- значение, передаваемое в поле «Уровень» по LLS, ''<big>а</big>'' и ''<big>b</big>'' – выбираются по таблице 1
{| class="wikitable"
|+Таблица 1
!Диапазон входящего параметра (X)
!a
!b
|-
|0-32767
|0,1
|0
|-
|32768-65535
|0,1
| -6553,5
|}

== '''<big>Example table for connection via BA-BLE</big>''' ==
[[Файл:TH-BLE таблица для BA-BLE.jpg|без|мини|700x700пкс|'''<big>TH-BLE таблица для BA-BLE</big>''']]

== '''<big>Example table for direct connection</big>''' ==
[[Файл:TH-BLE таблица для прямого подключения.jpg|без|мини|700x700пкс|'''<big>TH-BLE таблица для прямого подключения</big>''']]

= '''Схемы подключения''' =

== Схема подключения дискретных входов ==
[[Файл:TH-BLE подключение дискретных входов.png|безрамки|525x525пкс]]

= '''<big>Firmware update (FW)</big>''' =

[[Файл:TH-BLE обновление прошивки.gif]]

To update the firmware on the TH-BLE:

* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory.
* Connect to the sensor
* Go to “'''Settings'''”
* Go to FW update
* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''
* The flashing process should start. Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!
* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful

Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble download section].

The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.

= '''Useful links''' =

* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%B4%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%87%D0%B8%D0%BA%D0%B0%20%D1%82%D0%B5%D0%BC%D0%BF%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%83%D1%80%D1%8B%20%D0%B8%20%D0%B2%D0%BB%D0%B0%D0%B6%D0%BD%D0%BE%D1%81%D1%82%D0%B8%20%D0%AD%D1%81%D0%BA%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=210923105945 Технический паспорт устройства]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/escort-th-ble/#active Страница продукта]</big>'''
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/#THble Материалы загрузки]</big>'''
* '''<big>[[Таблица совместимости BLE датчиков с трекерами и другими устройствами#DU-BLE|Таблица совместимости BLE датчиков с трекерами и другими устройствами]]</big>'''

File:TH-BLE sharing black box data.jpg

2025-03-12T10:04:27Z

ROMAN:

TH-BLE sharing black box data

File:TH-BLE data download.jpg

2025-03-12T10:00:47Z

ROMAN:

TH-BLE data download